Vendor import of clang trunk r303197:vendor/clang/clang-trunk-r303197

https://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/cfe/trunk@303197

90 files changed, 2228 insertions, 971 deletions

diff --git a/lib/AST/ASTImporter.cpp b/lib/AST/ASTImporter.cpp
index 4fb6051d6f58..847638b7bbeb 100644
--- a/lib/AST/ASTImporter.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/ASTImporter.cpp
@@ -1622,10 +1622,18 @@ Decl *ASTNodeImporter::VisitRecordDecl(RecordDecl *D) {
 
   // We may already have a record of the same name; try to find and match it.
   RecordDecl *AdoptDecl = nullptr;
+  RecordDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> ConflictingDecls;
     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 2> FoundDecls;
     DC->getRedeclContext()->localUncachedLookup(SearchName, FoundDecls);
+
+    if (!FoundDecls.empty()) {
+      // We're going to have to compare D against potentially conflicting Decls, so complete it.
+      if (D->hasExternalLexicalStorage() && !D->isCompleteDefinition())
+        D->getASTContext().getExternalSource()->CompleteType(D);
+    }
+
     for (unsigned I = 0, N = FoundDecls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
       if (!FoundDecls[I]->isInIdentifierNamespace(IDNS))
         continue;
@@ -1652,6 +1660,8 @@ Decl *ASTNodeImporter::VisitRecordDecl(RecordDecl *D) {
           }
         }
 
+        PrevDecl = FoundRecord;
+
         if (RecordDecl *FoundDef = FoundRecord->getDefinition()) {
           if ((SearchName && !D->isCompleteDefinition())
               || (D->isCompleteDefinition() &&
@@ -1744,6 +1754,10 @@ Decl *ASTNodeImporter::VisitRecordDecl(RecordDecl *D) {
     LexicalDC->addDeclInternal(D2);
     if (D->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
       D2->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
+    if (PrevDecl) {
+      // FIXME: do this for all Redeclarables, not just RecordDecls.
+      D2->setPreviousDecl(PrevDecl);
+    }
   }
   
   Importer.Imported(D, D2);
diff --git a/lib/AST/ASTStructuralEquivalence.cpp b/lib/AST/ASTStructuralEquivalence.cpp
index 8fe72eac4133..9376ee1d4ee4 100644
--- a/lib/AST/ASTStructuralEquivalence.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/ASTStructuralEquivalence.cpp
@@ -855,6 +855,11 @@ static bool IsStructurallyEquivalent(StructuralEquivalenceContext &Context,
 
   if (CXXRecordDecl *D1CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D1)) {
     if (CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D2)) {
+      if (D1CXX->hasExternalLexicalStorage() &&
+          !D1CXX->isCompleteDefinition()) {
+        D1CXX->getASTContext().getExternalSource()->CompleteType(D1CXX);
+      }
+
       if (D1CXX->getNumBases() != D2CXX->getNumBases()) {
         if (Context.Complain) {
           Context.Diag2(D2->getLocation(), diag::warn_odr_tag_type_inconsistent)
diff --git a/lib/AST/CXXInheritance.cpp b/lib/AST/CXXInheritance.cpp
index 56fb0464078f..746602d47be5 100644
--- a/lib/AST/CXXInheritance.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/CXXInheritance.cpp
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
 #include <algorithm>
@@ -174,9 +175,10 @@ bool CXXRecordDecl::forallBases(ForallBasesCallback BaseMatches,
   return AllMatches;
 }
 
-bool CXXBasePaths::lookupInBases(
-    ASTContext &Context, const CXXRecordDecl *Record,
-    CXXRecordDecl::BaseMatchesCallback BaseMatches) {
+bool CXXBasePaths::lookupInBases(ASTContext &Context,
+                                 const CXXRecordDecl *Record,
+                                 CXXRecordDecl::BaseMatchesCallback BaseMatches,
+                                 bool LookupInDependent) {
   bool FoundPath = false;
 
   // The access of the path down to this record.
@@ -194,7 +196,7 @@ bool CXXBasePaths::lookupInBases(
     //   the base class scope is not examined during unqualified name lookup 
     //   either at the point of definition of the class template or member or 
     //   during an instantiation of the class tem- plate or member.
-    if (BaseType->isDependentType())
+    if (!LookupInDependent && BaseType->isDependentType())
       continue;
     
     // Determine whether we need to visit this base class at all,
@@ -262,10 +264,28 @@ bool CXXBasePaths::lookupInBases(
         return FoundPath;
       }
     } else if (VisitBase) {
-      CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord
-        = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseSpec.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()
-                                ->getDecl());
-      if (lookupInBases(Context, BaseRecord, BaseMatches)) {
+      CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord;
+      if (LookupInDependent) {
+        BaseRecord = nullptr;
+        const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
+            BaseSpec.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
+        if (!TST) {
+          if (auto *RT = BaseSpec.getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
+            BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
+        } else {
+          TemplateName TN = TST->getTemplateName();
+          if (auto *TD =
+                  dyn_cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>(TN.getAsTemplateDecl()))
+            BaseRecord = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
+        }
+        if (BaseRecord && !BaseRecord->hasDefinition())
+          BaseRecord = nullptr;
+      } else {
+        BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
+            BaseSpec.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
+      }
+      if (BaseRecord &&
+          lookupInBases(Context, BaseRecord, BaseMatches, LookupInDependent)) {
         // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
         //   A member name f in one sub-object B hides a member name f in
         //   a sub-object A if A is a base class sub-object of B. Any
@@ -299,9 +319,11 @@ bool CXXBasePaths::lookupInBases(
 }
 
 bool CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(BaseMatchesCallback BaseMatches,
-                                  CXXBasePaths &Paths) const {
+                                  CXXBasePaths &Paths,
+                                  bool LookupInDependent) const {
   // If we didn't find anything, report that.
-  if (!Paths.lookupInBases(getASTContext(), this, BaseMatches))
+  if (!Paths.lookupInBases(getASTContext(), this, BaseMatches,
+                           LookupInDependent))
     return false;
 
   // If we're not recording paths or we won't ever find ambiguities,
@@ -387,23 +409,49 @@ bool CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
   return false;
 }
 
-bool CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 
-                                       CXXBasePath &Path,
-                                       DeclarationName Name) {
-  RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
-    Specifier->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
-  
-  const unsigned IDNS = IDNS_Ordinary | IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Member;
+static bool findOrdinaryMember(RecordDecl *BaseRecord, CXXBasePath &Path,
+                               DeclarationName Name) {
+  const unsigned IDNS = clang::Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | clang::Decl::IDNS_Tag |
+                        clang::Decl::IDNS_Member;
   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
        !Path.Decls.empty();
        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
     if (Path.Decls.front()->isInIdentifierNamespace(IDNS))
       return true;
   }
-  
+
   return false;
 }
 
+bool CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
+                                       CXXBasePath &Path,
+                                       DeclarationName Name) {
+  RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
+      Specifier->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
+  return findOrdinaryMember(BaseRecord, Path, Name);
+}
+
+bool CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMemberInDependentClasses(
+    const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path,
+    DeclarationName Name) {
+  const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
+      Specifier->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
+  if (!TST) {
+    auto *RT = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
+    if (!RT)
+      return false;
+    return findOrdinaryMember(RT->getDecl(), Path, Name);
+  }
+  TemplateName TN = TST->getTemplateName();
+  const auto *TD = dyn_cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>(TN.getAsTemplateDecl());
+  if (!TD)
+    return false;
+  CXXRecordDecl *RD = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
+  if (!RD)
+    return false;
+  return findOrdinaryMember(RD, Path, Name);
+}
+
 bool CXXRecordDecl::FindOMPReductionMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
                                            CXXBasePath &Path,
                                            DeclarationName Name) {
@@ -438,6 +486,36 @@ FindNestedNameSpecifierMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
   return false;
 }
 
+std::vector<const NamedDecl *> CXXRecordDecl::lookupDependentName(
+    const DeclarationName &Name,
+    llvm::function_ref<bool(const NamedDecl *ND)> Filter) {
+  std::vector<const NamedDecl *> Results;
+  // Lookup in the class.
+  DeclContext::lookup_result DirectResult = lookup(Name);
+  if (!DirectResult.empty()) {
+    for (const NamedDecl *ND : DirectResult) {
+      if (Filter(ND))
+        Results.push_back(ND);
+    }
+    return Results;
+  }
+  // Perform lookup into our base classes.
+  CXXBasePaths Paths;
+  Paths.setOrigin(this);
+  if (!lookupInBases(
+          [&](const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
+            return CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMemberInDependentClasses(
+                Specifier, Path, Name);
+          },
+          Paths, /*LookupInDependent=*/true))
+    return Results;
+  for (const NamedDecl *ND : Paths.front().Decls) {
+    if (Filter(ND))
+      Results.push_back(ND);
+  }
+  return Results;
+}
+
 void OverridingMethods::add(unsigned OverriddenSubobject, 
                             UniqueVirtualMethod Overriding) {
   SmallVectorImpl<UniqueVirtualMethod> &SubobjectOverrides
diff --git a/lib/AST/DeclCXX.cpp b/lib/AST/DeclCXX.cpp
index dd8f768c5711..9f87fe12a9cd 100644
--- a/lib/AST/DeclCXX.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/DeclCXX.cpp
@@ -1432,8 +1432,9 @@ bool CXXRecordDecl::isAnyDestructorNoReturn() const {
 
   // Check base classes destructor for noreturn.
   for (const auto &Base : bases())
-    if (Base.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()->isAnyDestructorNoReturn())
-      return true;
+    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = Base.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
+      if (RD->isAnyDestructorNoReturn())
+        return true;
 
   // Check fields for noreturn.
   for (const auto *Field : fields())
diff --git a/lib/AST/ExternalASTMerger.cpp b/lib/AST/ExternalASTMerger.cpp
index 8849cfc3c80b..1dc472a5f753 100644
--- a/lib/AST/ExternalASTMerger.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/ExternalASTMerger.cpp
@@ -178,3 +178,9 @@ void ExternalASTMerger::FindExternalLexicalDecls(
         }
       });
 }
+
+void ExternalASTMerger::CompleteType(TagDecl *Tag) {
+  SmallVector<Decl *, 0> Result;
+  FindExternalLexicalDecls(Tag, [](Decl::Kind) { return true; }, Result);
+  Tag->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(false);
+}
diff --git a/lib/AST/ODRHash.cpp b/lib/AST/ODRHash.cpp
index 83168d0924f6..f4d314a6dd0d 100644
--- a/lib/AST/ODRHash.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/ODRHash.cpp
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ public:
 
   void VisitTypedefType(const TypedefType *T) {
     AddDecl(T->getDecl());
-    Hash.AddQualType(T->getDecl()->getUnderlyingType());
+    AddQualType(T->getDecl()->getUnderlyingType().getCanonicalType());
     VisitType(T);
   }
 };
diff --git a/lib/AST/Stmt.cpp b/lib/AST/Stmt.cpp
index 69e65f558f89..2367cadf645c 100644
--- a/lib/AST/Stmt.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/Stmt.cpp
@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ void CapturedStmt::setCapturedRegionKind(CapturedRegionKind Kind) {
 
 bool CapturedStmt::capturesVariable(const VarDecl *Var) const {
   for (const auto &I : captures()) {
-    if (!I.capturesVariable())
+    if (!I.capturesVariable() && !I.capturesVariableByCopy())
       continue;
 
     // This does not handle variable redeclarations. This should be
diff --git a/lib/AST/Type.cpp b/lib/AST/Type.cpp
index df26233b4796..22d52bcd3f31 100644
--- a/lib/AST/Type.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/Type.cpp
@@ -2114,18 +2114,15 @@ bool QualType::isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
   if (hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime())
     return false;
 
-  // C++11 [basic.types]p9
+  // C++11 [basic.types]p9 - See Core 2094
   //   Scalar types, trivially copyable class types, arrays of such types, and
-  //   non-volatile const-qualified versions of these types are collectively
+  //   cv-qualified versions of these types are collectively
   //   called trivially copyable types.
 
   QualType CanonicalType = getCanonicalType();
   if (CanonicalType->isDependentType())
     return false;
 
-  if (CanonicalType.isVolatileQualified())
-    return false;
-
   // Return false for incomplete types after skipping any incomplete array types
   // which are expressly allowed by the standard and thus our API.
   if (CanonicalType->isIncompleteType())
diff --git a/lib/Basic/Targets.cpp b/lib/Basic/Targets.cpp
index 33eb0b05ddcd..92c561aa9413 100644
--- a/lib/Basic/Targets.cpp
+++ b/lib/Basic/Targets.cpp
@@ -6862,6 +6862,11 @@ public:
     case 'N': // Same as 'K' but zext (required for SIMode)
     case 'O': // The constant 4096
       return true;
+
+    case 'f':
+    case 'e':
+      info.setAllowsRegister();
+      return true;
     }
     return false;
   }
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/BackendUtil.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/BackendUtil.cpp
index 0d96f2efa60a..0f07169ac8b0 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/BackendUtil.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/BackendUtil.cpp
@@ -194,6 +194,8 @@ static void addSanitizerCoveragePass(const PassManagerBuilder &Builder,
 // where this is not a factor). Also, on ELF this feature requires an assembler
 // extension that only works with -integrated-as at the moment.
 static bool asanUseGlobalsGC(const Triple &T, const CodeGenOptions &CGOpts) {
+  if (!CGOpts.SanitizeAddressGlobalsDeadStripping)
+    return false;
   switch (T.getObjectFormat()) {
   case Triple::MachO:
   case Triple::COFF:
@@ -1071,7 +1073,8 @@ void clang::EmitBackendOutput(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
     // into memory and pass it into runThinLTOBackend, which will run the
     // function importer and invoke LTO passes.
     Expected<std::unique_ptr<ModuleSummaryIndex>> IndexOrErr =
-        llvm::getModuleSummaryIndexForFile(CGOpts.ThinLTOIndexFile);
+        llvm::getModuleSummaryIndexForFile(CGOpts.ThinLTOIndexFile,
+                                           /*IgnoreEmptyThinLTOIndexFile*/true);
     if (!IndexOrErr) {
       logAllUnhandledErrors(IndexOrErr.takeError(), errs(),
                             "Error loading index file '" +
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGBlocks.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGBlocks.cpp
index 2b2a92dd6019..f1c20e9df1f3 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGBlocks.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGBlocks.cpp
@@ -878,7 +878,8 @@ llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitBlockLiteral(const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo) {
 
     // If type is const-qualified, copy the value into the block field.
     } else if (type.isConstQualified() &&
-               type.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
+               type.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
+               CGM.getCodeGenOpts().OptimizationLevel != 0) {
       llvm::Value *value = Builder.CreateLoad(src, "captured");
       Builder.CreateStore(value, blockField);
 
@@ -960,9 +961,8 @@ llvm::Type *CodeGenModule::getBlockDescriptorType() {
   //   const char *signature;   // the block signature
   //   const char *layout;      // reserved
   // };
-  BlockDescriptorType =
-    llvm::StructType::create("struct.__block_descriptor",
-                             UnsignedLongTy, UnsignedLongTy, nullptr);
+  BlockDescriptorType = llvm::StructType::create(
+      "struct.__block_descriptor", UnsignedLongTy, UnsignedLongTy);
 
   // Now form a pointer to that.
   unsigned AddrSpace = 0;
@@ -986,9 +986,8 @@ llvm::Type *CodeGenModule::getGenericBlockLiteralType() {
   //   struct __block_descriptor *__descriptor;
   // };
   GenericBlockLiteralType =
-    llvm::StructType::create("struct.__block_literal_generic",
-                             VoidPtrTy, IntTy, IntTy, VoidPtrTy,
-                             BlockDescPtrTy, nullptr);
+      llvm::StructType::create("struct.__block_literal_generic", VoidPtrTy,
+                               IntTy, IntTy, VoidPtrTy, BlockDescPtrTy);
 
   return GenericBlockLiteralType;
 }
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGBuiltin.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGBuiltin.cpp
index 2f05c0e910e5..50c9e22801c7 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGBuiltin.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGBuiltin.cpp
@@ -2769,6 +2769,32 @@ RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitBuiltinExpr(const FunctionDecl *FD,
     return RValue::get(ConstantInt::get(ConvertType(E->getType()),
                                         Layout.size().getQuantity()));
   }
+
+  case Builtin::BI__xray_customevent: {
+    if (!ShouldXRayInstrumentFunction())
+      return RValue::getIgnored();
+    if (const auto *XRayAttr = CurFuncDecl->getAttr<XRayInstrumentAttr>()) {
+      if (XRayAttr->neverXRayInstrument())
+        return RValue::getIgnored();
+    }
+    Function *F = CGM.getIntrinsic(Intrinsic::xray_customevent);
+    auto FTy = F->getFunctionType();
+    auto Arg0 = E->getArg(0);
+    auto Arg0Val = EmitScalarExpr(Arg0);
+    auto Arg0Ty = Arg0->getType();
+    auto PTy0 = FTy->getParamType(0);
+    if (PTy0 != Arg0Val->getType()) {
+      if (Arg0Ty->isArrayType())
+        Arg0Val = EmitArrayToPointerDecay(Arg0).getPointer();
+      else
+        Arg0Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(Arg0Val, PTy0);
+    }
+    auto Arg1 = EmitScalarExpr(E->getArg(1));
+    auto PTy1 = FTy->getParamType(1);
+    if (PTy1 != Arg1->getType())
+      Arg1 = Builder.CreateTruncOrBitCast(Arg1, PTy1);
+    return RValue::get(Builder.CreateCall(F, {Arg0Val, Arg1}));
+  }
   }
 
   // If this is an alias for a lib function (e.g. __builtin_sin), emit
@@ -4545,7 +4571,7 @@ Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitARMBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID,
     Function *F = CGM.getIntrinsic(BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex
                                        ? Intrinsic::arm_stlexd
                                        : Intrinsic::arm_strexd);
-    llvm::Type *STy = llvm::StructType::get(Int32Ty, Int32Ty, nullptr);
+    llvm::Type *STy = llvm::StructType::get(Int32Ty, Int32Ty);
 
     Address Tmp = CreateMemTemp(E->getArg(0)->getType());
     Value *Val = EmitScalarExpr(E->getArg(0));
@@ -5375,7 +5401,7 @@ Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitAArch64BuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID,
     Function *F = CGM.getIntrinsic(BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex
                                        ? Intrinsic::aarch64_stlxp
                                        : Intrinsic::aarch64_stxp);
-    llvm::Type *STy = llvm::StructType::get(Int64Ty, Int64Ty, nullptr);
+    llvm::Type *STy = llvm::StructType::get(Int64Ty, Int64Ty);
 
     Address Tmp = CreateMemTemp(E->getArg(0)->getType());
     EmitAnyExprToMem(E->getArg(0), Tmp, Qualifiers(), /*init*/ true);
@@ -7347,8 +7373,8 @@ Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitX86BuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID,
     // unsigned int __cpu_type;
     // unsigned int __cpu_subtype;
     // unsigned int __cpu_features[1];
-    llvm::Type *STy = llvm::StructType::get(
-        Int32Ty, Int32Ty, Int32Ty, llvm::ArrayType::get(Int32Ty, 1), nullptr);
+    llvm::Type *STy = llvm::StructType::get(Int32Ty, Int32Ty, Int32Ty,
+                                            llvm::ArrayType::get(Int32Ty, 1));
 
     // Grab the global __cpu_model.
     llvm::Constant *CpuModel = CGM.CreateRuntimeVariable(STy, "__cpu_model");
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGCUDANV.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGCUDANV.cpp
index 813cd7400186..d24ef0a8a974 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGCUDANV.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGCUDANV.cpp
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ llvm::Function *CGNVCUDARuntime::makeModuleCtorFunction() {
       "__cudaRegisterFatBinary");
   // struct { int magic, int version, void * gpu_binary, void * dont_care };
   llvm::StructType *FatbinWrapperTy =
-      llvm::StructType::get(IntTy, IntTy, VoidPtrTy, VoidPtrTy, nullptr);
+      llvm::StructType::get(IntTy, IntTy, VoidPtrTy, VoidPtrTy);
 
   llvm::Function *ModuleCtorFunc = llvm::Function::Create(
       llvm::FunctionType::get(VoidTy, VoidPtrTy, false),
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGCleanup.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGCleanup.cpp
index 437ab7dd4649..e8bcf0a3ac56 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGCleanup.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGCleanup.cpp
@@ -51,8 +51,7 @@ DominatingValue<RValue>::saved_type::save(CodeGenFunction &CGF, RValue rv) {
   if (rv.isComplex()) {
     CodeGenFunction::ComplexPairTy V = rv.getComplexVal();
     llvm::Type *ComplexTy =
-      llvm::StructType::get(V.first->getType(), V.second->getType(),
-                            (void*) nullptr);
+        llvm::StructType::get(V.first->getType(), V.second->getType());
     Address addr = CGF.CreateDefaultAlignTempAlloca(ComplexTy, "saved-complex");
     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V.first,
                             CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(addr, 0, CharUnits()));
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGDebugInfo.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGDebugInfo.cpp
index 3e5434660567..9d77c61bd52c 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGDebugInfo.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGDebugInfo.cpp
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ llvm::DIScope *CGDebugInfo::getContextDescriptor(const Decl *Context,
 
   // Check namespace.
   if (const auto *NSDecl = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Context))
-    return getOrCreateNameSpace(NSDecl);
+    return getOrCreateNamespace(NSDecl);
 
   if (const auto *RDecl = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Context))
     if (!RDecl->isDependentType())
@@ -2860,8 +2860,8 @@ void CGDebugInfo::collectFunctionDeclProps(GlobalDecl GD, llvm::DIFile *Unit,
 
   if (DebugKind >= codegenoptions::LimitedDebugInfo) {
     if (const NamespaceDecl *NSDecl =
-        dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()))
-      FDContext = getOrCreateNameSpace(NSDecl);
+        dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext()))
+      FDContext = getOrCreateNamespace(NSDecl);
     else if (const RecordDecl *RDecl =
              dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
       llvm::DIScope *Mod = getParentModuleOrNull(RDecl);
@@ -3961,7 +3961,7 @@ void CGDebugInfo::EmitUsingDirective(const UsingDirectiveDecl &UD) {
       CGM.getCodeGenOpts().DebugExplicitImport) {
     DBuilder.createImportedModule(
         getCurrentContextDescriptor(cast<Decl>(UD.getDeclContext())),
-        getOrCreateNameSpace(NSDecl),
+        getOrCreateNamespace(NSDecl),
         getLineNumber(UD.getLocation()));
   }
 }
@@ -4021,23 +4021,26 @@ CGDebugInfo::EmitNamespaceAlias(const NamespaceAliasDecl &NA) {
   else
     R = DBuilder.createImportedDeclaration(
         getCurrentContextDescriptor(cast<Decl>(NA.getDeclContext())),
-        getOrCreateNameSpace(cast<NamespaceDecl>(NA.getAliasedNamespace())),
+        getOrCreateNamespace(cast<NamespaceDecl>(NA.getAliasedNamespace())),
         getLineNumber(NA.getLocation()), NA.getName());
   VH.reset(R);
   return R;
 }
 
 llvm::DINamespace *
-CGDebugInfo::getOrCreateNameSpace(const NamespaceDecl *NSDecl) {
-  NSDecl = NSDecl->getCanonicalDecl();
-  auto I = NameSpaceCache.find(NSDecl);
-  if (I != NameSpaceCache.end())
+CGDebugInfo::getOrCreateNamespace(const NamespaceDecl *NSDecl) {
+  // Don't canonicalize the NamespaceDecl here: The DINamespace will be uniqued
+  // if necessary, and this way multiple declarations of the same namespace in
+  // different parent modules stay distinct.
+  auto I = NamespaceCache.find(NSDecl);
+  if (I != NamespaceCache.end())
     return cast<llvm::DINamespace>(I->second);
 
   llvm::DIScope *Context = getDeclContextDescriptor(NSDecl);
+  // Don't trust the context if it is a DIModule (see comment above).
   llvm::DINamespace *NS =
       DBuilder.createNameSpace(Context, NSDecl->getName(), NSDecl->isInline());
-  NameSpaceCache[NSDecl].reset(NS);
+  NamespaceCache[NSDecl].reset(NS);
   return NS;
 }
 
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGDebugInfo.h b/lib/CodeGen/CGDebugInfo.h
index 5050ca0ad3fa..7de48f278994 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGDebugInfo.h
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGDebugInfo.h
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ class CGDebugInfo {
   /// Cache declarations relevant to DW_TAG_imported_declarations (C++
   /// using declarations) that aren't covered by other more specific caches.
   llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, llvm::TrackingMDRef> DeclCache;
-  llvm::DenseMap<const NamespaceDecl *, llvm::TrackingMDRef> NameSpaceCache;
+  llvm::DenseMap<const NamespaceDecl *, llvm::TrackingMDRef> NamespaceCache;
   llvm::DenseMap<const NamespaceAliasDecl *, llvm::TrackingMDRef>
       NamespaceAliasCache;
   llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, llvm::TypedTrackingMDRef<llvm::DIDerivedType>>
@@ -194,8 +194,9 @@ class CGDebugInfo {
   getOrCreateFunctionType(const Decl *D, QualType FnType, llvm::DIFile *F);
   /// \return debug info descriptor for vtable.
   llvm::DIType *getOrCreateVTablePtrType(llvm::DIFile *F);
+
   /// \return namespace descriptor for the given namespace decl.
-  llvm::DINamespace *getOrCreateNameSpace(const NamespaceDecl *N);
+  llvm::DINamespace *getOrCreateNamespace(const NamespaceDecl *N);
   llvm::DIType *CreatePointerLikeType(llvm::dwarf::Tag Tag, const Type *Ty,
                                       QualType PointeeTy, llvm::DIFile *F);
   llvm::DIType *getOrCreateStructPtrType(StringRef Name, llvm::DIType *&Cache);
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGDecl.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGDecl.cpp
index 10a0b46d9028..0fa8eeb1c3e1 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGDecl.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGDecl.cpp
@@ -152,7 +152,14 @@ void CodeGenFunction::EmitDecl(const Decl &D) {
 /// EmitVarDecl - This method handles emission of any variable declaration
 /// inside a function, including static vars etc.
 void CodeGenFunction::EmitVarDecl(const VarDecl &D) {
-  if (D.isStaticLocal()) {
+  if (D.hasExternalStorage())
+    // Don't emit it now, allow it to be emitted lazily on its first use.
+    return;
+
+  // Some function-scope variable does not have static storage but still
+  // needs to be emitted like a static variable, e.g. a function-scope
+  // variable in constant address space in OpenCL.
+  if (D.getStorageDuration() != SD_Automatic) {
     llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes Linkage =
         CGM.getLLVMLinkageVarDefinition(&D, /*isConstant=*/false);
 
@@ -163,10 +170,6 @@ void CodeGenFunction::EmitVarDecl(const VarDecl &D) {
     return EmitStaticVarDecl(D, Linkage);
   }
 
-  if (D.hasExternalStorage())
-    // Don't emit it now, allow it to be emitted lazily on its first use.
-    return;
-
   if (D.getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
     return CGM.getOpenCLRuntime().EmitWorkGroupLocalVarDecl(*this, D);
 
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGException.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGException.cpp
index ca1535182ec1..e65fa863fe31 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGException.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGException.cpp
@@ -765,8 +765,8 @@ llvm::BasicBlock *CodeGenFunction::EmitLandingPad() {
   llvm::BasicBlock *lpad = createBasicBlock("lpad");
   EmitBlock(lpad);
 
-  llvm::LandingPadInst *LPadInst = Builder.CreateLandingPad(
-      llvm::StructType::get(Int8PtrTy, Int32Ty, nullptr), 0);
+  llvm::LandingPadInst *LPadInst =
+      Builder.CreateLandingPad(llvm::StructType::get(Int8PtrTy, Int32Ty), 0);
 
   llvm::Value *LPadExn = Builder.CreateExtractValue(LPadInst, 0);
   Builder.CreateStore(LPadExn, getExceptionSlot());
@@ -1310,8 +1310,8 @@ llvm::BasicBlock *CodeGenFunction::getTerminateLandingPad() {
   if (!CurFn->hasPersonalityFn())
     CurFn->setPersonalityFn(getOpaquePersonalityFn(CGM, Personality));
 
-  llvm::LandingPadInst *LPadInst = Builder.CreateLandingPad(
-      llvm::StructType::get(Int8PtrTy, Int32Ty, nullptr), 0);
+  llvm::LandingPadInst *LPadInst =
+      Builder.CreateLandingPad(llvm::StructType::get(Int8PtrTy, Int32Ty), 0);
   LPadInst->addClause(getCatchAllValue(*this));
 
   llvm::Value *Exn = nullptr;
@@ -1387,8 +1387,7 @@ llvm::BasicBlock *CodeGenFunction::getEHResumeBlock(bool isCleanup) {
   llvm::Value *Exn = getExceptionFromSlot();
   llvm::Value *Sel = getSelectorFromSlot();
 
-  llvm::Type *LPadType = llvm::StructType::get(Exn->getType(),
-                                               Sel->getType(), nullptr);
+  llvm::Type *LPadType = llvm::StructType::get(Exn->getType(), Sel->getType());
   llvm::Value *LPadVal = llvm::UndefValue::get(LPadType);
   LPadVal = Builder.CreateInsertValue(LPadVal, Exn, 0, "lpad.val");
   LPadVal = Builder.CreateInsertValue(LPadVal, Sel, 1, "lpad.val");
@@ -1747,7 +1746,7 @@ void CodeGenFunction::EmitSEHExceptionCodeSave(CodeGenFunction &ParentCGF,
   // };
   // int exceptioncode = exception_pointers->ExceptionRecord->ExceptionCode;
   llvm::Type *RecordTy = CGM.Int32Ty->getPointerTo();
-  llvm::Type *PtrsTy = llvm::StructType::get(RecordTy, CGM.VoidPtrTy, nullptr);
+  llvm::Type *PtrsTy = llvm::StructType::get(RecordTy, CGM.VoidPtrTy);
   llvm::Value *Ptrs = Builder.CreateBitCast(SEHInfo, PtrsTy->getPointerTo());
   llvm::Value *Rec = Builder.CreateStructGEP(PtrsTy, Ptrs, 0);
   Rec = Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(Rec, getPointerAlign());
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp
index 863b4380da47..cef6292c0e4d 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp
@@ -2859,9 +2859,9 @@ void CodeGenFunction::EmitCfiCheckFail() {
   EmitTrapCheck(DataIsNotNullPtr);
 
   llvm::StructType *SourceLocationTy =
-      llvm::StructType::get(VoidPtrTy, Int32Ty, Int32Ty, nullptr);
+      llvm::StructType::get(VoidPtrTy, Int32Ty, Int32Ty);
   llvm::StructType *CfiCheckFailDataTy =
-      llvm::StructType::get(Int8Ty, SourceLocationTy, VoidPtrTy, nullptr);
+      llvm::StructType::get(Int8Ty, SourceLocationTy, VoidPtrTy);
 
   llvm::Value *V = Builder.CreateConstGEP2_32(
       CfiCheckFailDataTy,
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGExprAgg.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGExprAgg.cpp
index 49bbb4808eaa..a05a088f0919 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGExprAgg.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGExprAgg.cpp
@@ -512,12 +512,20 @@ void AggExprEmitter::EmitArrayInit(Address DestPtr, llvm::ArrayType *AType,
     currentElement->addIncoming(element, entryBB);
 
     // Emit the actual filler expression.
-    LValue elementLV =
-      CGF.MakeAddrLValue(Address(currentElement, elementAlign), elementType);
-    if (filler)
-      EmitInitializationToLValue(filler, elementLV);
-    else
-      EmitNullInitializationToLValue(elementLV);
+    {
+      // C++1z [class.temporary]p5:
+      //   when a default constructor is called to initialize an element of
+      //   an array with no corresponding initializer [...] the destruction of
+      //   every temporary created in a default argument is sequenced before
+      //   the construction of the next array element, if any
+      CodeGenFunction::RunCleanupsScope CleanupsScope(CGF);
+      LValue elementLV =
+        CGF.MakeAddrLValue(Address(currentElement, elementAlign), elementType);
+      if (filler)
+        EmitInitializationToLValue(filler, elementLV);
+      else
+        EmitNullInitializationToLValue(elementLV);
+    }
 
     // Move on to the next element.
     llvm::Value *nextElement =
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGExprConstant.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGExprConstant.cpp
index 53c184130709..6b72774c10a5 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGExprConstant.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGExprConstant.cpp
@@ -1361,9 +1361,8 @@ llvm::Constant *CodeGenModule::EmitConstantValue(const APValue &Value,
                                         Value.getComplexIntImag());
 
     // FIXME: the target may want to specify that this is packed.
-    llvm::StructType *STy = llvm::StructType::get(Complex[0]->getType(),
-                                                  Complex[1]->getType(),
-                                                  nullptr);
+    llvm::StructType *STy =
+        llvm::StructType::get(Complex[0]->getType(), Complex[1]->getType());
     return llvm::ConstantStruct::get(STy, Complex);
   }
   case APValue::Float: {
@@ -1384,9 +1383,8 @@ llvm::Constant *CodeGenModule::EmitConstantValue(const APValue &Value,
                                        Value.getComplexFloatImag());
 
     // FIXME: the target may want to specify that this is packed.
-    llvm::StructType *STy = llvm::StructType::get(Complex[0]->getType(),
-                                                  Complex[1]->getType(),
-                                                  nullptr);
+    llvm::StructType *STy =
+        llvm::StructType::get(Complex[0]->getType(), Complex[1]->getType());
     return llvm::ConstantStruct::get(STy, Complex);
   }
   case APValue::Vector: {
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGExprScalar.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGExprScalar.cpp
index 70b741651fd1..b8d830ee9f3f 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGExprScalar.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGExprScalar.cpp
@@ -89,14 +89,14 @@ struct BinOpInfo {
   }
 
   /// Check if the binop computes a division or a remainder.
-  bool isDivisionLikeOperation() const {
+  bool isDivremOp() const {
     return Opcode == BO_Div || Opcode == BO_Rem || Opcode == BO_DivAssign ||
            Opcode == BO_RemAssign;
   }
 
   /// Check if the binop can result in an integer division by zero.
   bool mayHaveIntegerDivisionByZero() const {
-    if (isDivisionLikeOperation())
+    if (isDivremOp())
       if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(RHS))
         return CI->isZero();
     return true;
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ struct BinOpInfo {
 
   /// Check if the binop can result in a float division by zero.
   bool mayHaveFloatDivisionByZero() const {
-    if (isDivisionLikeOperation())
+    if (isDivremOp())
       if (auto *CFP = dyn_cast<llvm::ConstantFP>(RHS))
         return CFP->isZero();
     return true;
@@ -2552,6 +2552,7 @@ Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitOverflowCheckedBinOp(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
   if (isSigned)
     OpID |= 1;
 
+  CodeGenFunction::SanitizerScope SanScope(&CGF);
   llvm::Type *opTy = CGF.CGM.getTypes().ConvertType(Ops.Ty);
 
   llvm::Function *intrinsic = CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(IID, opTy);
@@ -2567,7 +2568,6 @@ Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitOverflowCheckedBinOp(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
     // If the signed-integer-overflow sanitizer is enabled, emit a call to its
     // runtime. Otherwise, this is a -ftrapv check, so just emit a trap.
     if (!isSigned || CGF.SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::SignedIntegerOverflow)) {
-      CodeGenFunction::SanitizerScope SanScope(&CGF);
       llvm::Value *NotOverflow = Builder.CreateNot(overflow);
       SanitizerMask Kind = isSigned ? SanitizerKind::SignedIntegerOverflow
                               : SanitizerKind::UnsignedIntegerOverflow;
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCGNU.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCGNU.cpp
index 821629c50d4a..c8b8be7f4552 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCGNU.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCGNU.cpp
@@ -34,7 +34,6 @@
 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
 #include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
-#include <cstdarg>
 
 using namespace clang;
 using namespace CodeGen;
@@ -58,18 +57,19 @@ public:
 
   /// Initialises the lazy function with the name, return type, and the types
   /// of the arguments.
-  LLVM_END_WITH_NULL
-  void init(CodeGenModule *Mod, const char *name, llvm::Type *RetTy, ...) {
+  template <typename... Tys>
+  void init(CodeGenModule *Mod, const char *name, llvm::Type *RetTy,
+            Tys *... Types) {
     CGM = Mod;
     FunctionName = name;
     Function = nullptr;
-    std::vector<llvm::Type *> ArgTys;
-    va_list Args;
-    va_start(Args, RetTy);
-    while (llvm::Type *ArgTy = va_arg(Args, llvm::Type *))
-      ArgTys.push_back(ArgTy);
-    va_end(Args);
-    FTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(RetTy, ArgTys, false);
+    if(sizeof...(Tys)) {
+      SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 8> ArgTys({Types...});
+      FTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(RetTy, ArgTys, false);
+    }
+    else {
+      FTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(RetTy, None, false);
+    }
   }
 
   llvm::FunctionType *getType() { return FTy; }
@@ -603,11 +603,10 @@ protected:
 public:
   CGObjCGCC(CodeGenModule &Mod) : CGObjCGNU(Mod, 8, 2) {
     // IMP objc_msg_lookup(id, SEL);
-    MsgLookupFn.init(&CGM, "objc_msg_lookup", IMPTy, IdTy, SelectorTy,
-                     nullptr);
+    MsgLookupFn.init(&CGM, "objc_msg_lookup", IMPTy, IdTy, SelectorTy);
     // IMP objc_msg_lookup_super(struct objc_super*, SEL);
     MsgLookupSuperFn.init(&CGM, "objc_msg_lookup_super", IMPTy,
-                          PtrToObjCSuperTy, SelectorTy, nullptr);
+                          PtrToObjCSuperTy, SelectorTy);
   }
 };
 
@@ -702,52 +701,51 @@ class CGObjCGNUstep : public CGObjCGNU {
     CGObjCGNUstep(CodeGenModule &Mod) : CGObjCGNU(Mod, 9, 3) {
       const ObjCRuntime &R = CGM.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime;
 
-      llvm::StructType *SlotStructTy = llvm::StructType::get(PtrTy,
-          PtrTy, PtrTy, IntTy, IMPTy, nullptr);
+      llvm::StructType *SlotStructTy =
+          llvm::StructType::get(PtrTy, PtrTy, PtrTy, IntTy, IMPTy);
       SlotTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(SlotStructTy);
       // Slot_t objc_msg_lookup_sender(id *receiver, SEL selector, id sender);
       SlotLookupFn.init(&CGM, "objc_msg_lookup_sender", SlotTy, PtrToIdTy,
-          SelectorTy, IdTy, nullptr);
+                        SelectorTy, IdTy);
       // Slot_t objc_msg_lookup_super(struct objc_super*, SEL);
       SlotLookupSuperFn.init(&CGM, "objc_slot_lookup_super", SlotTy,
-              PtrToObjCSuperTy, SelectorTy, nullptr);
+                             PtrToObjCSuperTy, SelectorTy);
       // If we're in ObjC++ mode, then we want to make 
       if (CGM.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
         llvm::Type *VoidTy = llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext);
         // void *__cxa_begin_catch(void *e)
-        EnterCatchFn.init(&CGM, "__cxa_begin_catch", PtrTy, PtrTy, nullptr);
+        EnterCatchFn.init(&CGM, "__cxa_begin_catch", PtrTy, PtrTy);
         // void __cxa_end_catch(void)
-        ExitCatchFn.init(&CGM, "__cxa_end_catch", VoidTy, nullptr);
+        ExitCatchFn.init(&CGM, "__cxa_end_catch", VoidTy);
         // void _Unwind_Resume_or_Rethrow(void*)
         ExceptionReThrowFn.init(&CGM, "_Unwind_Resume_or_Rethrow", VoidTy,
-            PtrTy, nullptr);
+                                PtrTy);
       } else if (R.getVersion() >= VersionTuple(1, 7)) {
         llvm::Type *VoidTy = llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext);
         // id objc_begin_catch(void *e)
-        EnterCatchFn.init(&CGM, "objc_begin_catch", IdTy, PtrTy, nullptr);
+        EnterCatchFn.init(&CGM, "objc_begin_catch", IdTy, PtrTy);
         // void objc_end_catch(void)
-        ExitCatchFn.init(&CGM, "objc_end_catch", VoidTy, nullptr);
+        ExitCatchFn.init(&CGM, "objc_end_catch", VoidTy);
         // void _Unwind_Resume_or_Rethrow(void*)
-        ExceptionReThrowFn.init(&CGM, "objc_exception_rethrow", VoidTy,
-            PtrTy, nullptr);
+        ExceptionReThrowFn.init(&CGM, "objc_exception_rethrow", VoidTy, PtrTy);
       }
       llvm::Type *VoidTy = llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext);
       SetPropertyAtomic.init(&CGM, "objc_setProperty_atomic", VoidTy, IdTy,
-          SelectorTy, IdTy, PtrDiffTy, nullptr);
+                             SelectorTy, IdTy, PtrDiffTy);
       SetPropertyAtomicCopy.init(&CGM, "objc_setProperty_atomic_copy", VoidTy,
-          IdTy, SelectorTy, IdTy, PtrDiffTy, nullptr);
+                                 IdTy, SelectorTy, IdTy, PtrDiffTy);
       SetPropertyNonAtomic.init(&CGM, "objc_setProperty_nonatomic", VoidTy,
-          IdTy, SelectorTy, IdTy, PtrDiffTy, nullptr);
+                                IdTy, SelectorTy, IdTy, PtrDiffTy);
       SetPropertyNonAtomicCopy.init(&CGM, "objc_setProperty_nonatomic_copy",
-          VoidTy, IdTy, SelectorTy, IdTy, PtrDiffTy, nullptr);
+                                    VoidTy, IdTy, SelectorTy, IdTy, PtrDiffTy);
       // void objc_setCppObjectAtomic(void *dest, const void *src, void
       // *helper);
       CxxAtomicObjectSetFn.init(&CGM, "objc_setCppObjectAtomic", VoidTy, PtrTy,
-          PtrTy, PtrTy, nullptr);
+                                PtrTy, PtrTy);
       // void objc_getCppObjectAtomic(void *dest, const void *src, void
       // *helper);
       CxxAtomicObjectGetFn.init(&CGM, "objc_getCppObjectAtomic", VoidTy, PtrTy,
-          PtrTy, PtrTy, nullptr);
+                                PtrTy, PtrTy);
     }
 
     llvm::Constant *GetCppAtomicObjectGetFunction() override {
@@ -849,14 +847,14 @@ protected:
 public:
   CGObjCObjFW(CodeGenModule &Mod): CGObjCGNU(Mod, 9, 3) {
     // IMP objc_msg_lookup(id, SEL);
-    MsgLookupFn.init(&CGM, "objc_msg_lookup", IMPTy, IdTy, SelectorTy, nullptr);
+    MsgLookupFn.init(&CGM, "objc_msg_lookup", IMPTy, IdTy, SelectorTy);
     MsgLookupFnSRet.init(&CGM, "objc_msg_lookup_stret", IMPTy, IdTy,
-                         SelectorTy, nullptr);
+                         SelectorTy);
     // IMP objc_msg_lookup_super(struct objc_super*, SEL);
     MsgLookupSuperFn.init(&CGM, "objc_msg_lookup_super", IMPTy,
-                          PtrToObjCSuperTy, SelectorTy, nullptr);
+                          PtrToObjCSuperTy, SelectorTy);
     MsgLookupSuperFnSRet.init(&CGM, "objc_msg_lookup_super_stret", IMPTy,
-                              PtrToObjCSuperTy, SelectorTy, nullptr);
+                              PtrToObjCSuperTy, SelectorTy);
   }
 };
 } // end anonymous namespace
@@ -945,35 +943,34 @@ CGObjCGNU::CGObjCGNU(CodeGenModule &cgm, unsigned runtimeABIVersion,
   }
   PtrToIdTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(IdTy);
 
-  ObjCSuperTy = llvm::StructType::get(IdTy, IdTy, nullptr);
+  ObjCSuperTy = llvm::StructType::get(IdTy, IdTy);
   PtrToObjCSuperTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ObjCSuperTy);
 
   llvm::Type *VoidTy = llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext);
 
   // void objc_exception_throw(id);
-  ExceptionThrowFn.init(&CGM, "objc_exception_throw", VoidTy, IdTy, nullptr);
-  ExceptionReThrowFn.init(&CGM, "objc_exception_throw", VoidTy, IdTy, nullptr);
+  ExceptionThrowFn.init(&CGM, "objc_exception_throw", VoidTy, IdTy);
+  ExceptionReThrowFn.init(&CGM, "objc_exception_throw", VoidTy, IdTy);
   // int objc_sync_enter(id);
-  SyncEnterFn.init(&CGM, "objc_sync_enter", IntTy, IdTy, nullptr);
+  SyncEnterFn.init(&CGM, "objc_sync_enter", IntTy, IdTy);
   // int objc_sync_exit(id);
-  SyncExitFn.init(&CGM, "objc_sync_exit", IntTy, IdTy, nullptr);
+  SyncExitFn.init(&CGM, "objc_sync_exit", IntTy, IdTy);
 
   // void objc_enumerationMutation (id)
-  EnumerationMutationFn.init(&CGM, "objc_enumerationMutation", VoidTy,
-      IdTy, nullptr);
+  EnumerationMutationFn.init(&CGM, "objc_enumerationMutation", VoidTy, IdTy);
 
   // id objc_getProperty(id, SEL, ptrdiff_t, BOOL)
   GetPropertyFn.init(&CGM, "objc_getProperty", IdTy, IdTy, SelectorTy,
-      PtrDiffTy, BoolTy, nullptr);
+                     PtrDiffTy, BoolTy);
   // void objc_setProperty(id, SEL, ptrdiff_t, id, BOOL, BOOL)
   SetPropertyFn.init(&CGM, "objc_setProperty", VoidTy, IdTy, SelectorTy,
-      PtrDiffTy, IdTy, BoolTy, BoolTy, nullptr);
+                     PtrDiffTy, IdTy, BoolTy, BoolTy);
   // void objc_setPropertyStruct(void*, void*, ptrdiff_t, BOOL, BOOL)
-  GetStructPropertyFn.init(&CGM, "objc_getPropertyStruct", VoidTy, PtrTy, PtrTy, 
-      PtrDiffTy, BoolTy, BoolTy, nullptr);
+  GetStructPropertyFn.init(&CGM, "objc_getPropertyStruct", VoidTy, PtrTy, PtrTy,
+                           PtrDiffTy, BoolTy, BoolTy);
   // void objc_setPropertyStruct(void*, void*, ptrdiff_t, BOOL, BOOL)
-  SetStructPropertyFn.init(&CGM, "objc_setPropertyStruct", VoidTy, PtrTy, PtrTy, 
-      PtrDiffTy, BoolTy, BoolTy, nullptr);
+  SetStructPropertyFn.init(&CGM, "objc_setPropertyStruct", VoidTy, PtrTy, PtrTy,
+                           PtrDiffTy, BoolTy, BoolTy);
 
   // IMP type
   llvm::Type *IMPArgs[] = { IdTy, SelectorTy };
@@ -997,21 +994,19 @@ CGObjCGNU::CGObjCGNU(CodeGenModule &cgm, unsigned runtimeABIVersion,
     // Get functions needed in GC mode
 
     // id objc_assign_ivar(id, id, ptrdiff_t);
-    IvarAssignFn.init(&CGM, "objc_assign_ivar", IdTy, IdTy, IdTy, PtrDiffTy,
-        nullptr);
+    IvarAssignFn.init(&CGM, "objc_assign_ivar", IdTy, IdTy, IdTy, PtrDiffTy);
     // id objc_assign_strongCast (id, id*)
     StrongCastAssignFn.init(&CGM, "objc_assign_strongCast", IdTy, IdTy,
-        PtrToIdTy, nullptr);
+                            PtrToIdTy);
     // id objc_assign_global(id, id*);
-    GlobalAssignFn.init(&CGM, "objc_assign_global", IdTy, IdTy, PtrToIdTy,
-        nullptr);
+    GlobalAssignFn.init(&CGM, "objc_assign_global", IdTy, IdTy, PtrToIdTy);
     // id objc_assign_weak(id, id*);
-    WeakAssignFn.init(&CGM, "objc_assign_weak", IdTy, IdTy, PtrToIdTy, nullptr);
+    WeakAssignFn.init(&CGM, "objc_assign_weak", IdTy, IdTy, PtrToIdTy);
     // id objc_read_weak(id*);
-    WeakReadFn.init(&CGM, "objc_read_weak", IdTy, PtrToIdTy, nullptr);
+    WeakReadFn.init(&CGM, "objc_read_weak", IdTy, PtrToIdTy);
     // void *objc_memmove_collectable(void*, void *, size_t);
     MemMoveFn.init(&CGM, "objc_memmove_collectable", PtrTy, PtrTy, PtrTy,
-        SizeTy, nullptr);
+                   SizeTy);
   }
 }
 
@@ -1317,7 +1312,7 @@ CGObjCGNU::GenerateMessageSendSuper(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
     }
   }
   // Cast the pointer to a simplified version of the class structure
-  llvm::Type *CastTy = llvm::StructType::get(IdTy, IdTy, nullptr);
+  llvm::Type *CastTy = llvm::StructType::get(IdTy, IdTy);
   ReceiverClass = Builder.CreateBitCast(ReceiverClass,
                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CastTy));
   // Get the superclass pointer
@@ -1326,8 +1321,8 @@ CGObjCGNU::GenerateMessageSendSuper(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
   ReceiverClass =
     Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(ReceiverClass, CGF.getPointerAlign());
   // Construct the structure used to look up the IMP
-  llvm::StructType *ObjCSuperTy = llvm::StructType::get(
-      Receiver->getType(), IdTy, nullptr);
+  llvm::StructType *ObjCSuperTy =
+      llvm::StructType::get(Receiver->getType(), IdTy);
 
   // FIXME: Is this really supposed to be a dynamic alloca?
   Address ObjCSuper = Address(Builder.CreateAlloca(ObjCSuperTy),
@@ -1565,11 +1560,8 @@ GenerateIvarList(ArrayRef<llvm::Constant *> IvarNames,
   IvarList.addInt(IntTy, (int)IvarNames.size());
 
   // Get the ivar structure type.
-  llvm::StructType *ObjCIvarTy = llvm::StructType::get(
-    PtrToInt8Ty,
-    PtrToInt8Ty,
-    IntTy,
-    nullptr);
+  llvm::StructType *ObjCIvarTy =
+      llvm::StructType::get(PtrToInt8Ty, PtrToInt8Ty, IntTy);
 
   // Array of ivar structures.
   auto Ivars = IvarList.beginArray(ObjCIvarTy);
@@ -1611,7 +1603,7 @@ llvm::Constant *CGObjCGNU::GenerateClassStructure(
   // anyway; the classes will still work with the GNU runtime, they will just
   // be ignored.
   llvm::StructType *ClassTy = llvm::StructType::get(
-      PtrToInt8Ty,        // isa 
+      PtrToInt8Ty,        // isa
       PtrToInt8Ty,        // super_class
       PtrToInt8Ty,        // name
       LongTy,             // version
@@ -1620,18 +1612,18 @@ llvm::Constant *CGObjCGNU::GenerateClassStructure(
       IVars->getType(),   // ivars
       Methods->getType(), // methods
       // These are all filled in by the runtime, so we pretend
-      PtrTy,              // dtable
-      PtrTy,              // subclass_list
-      PtrTy,              // sibling_class
-      PtrTy,              // protocols
-      PtrTy,              // gc_object_type
+      PtrTy, // dtable
+      PtrTy, // subclass_list
+      PtrTy, // sibling_class
+      PtrTy, // protocols
+      PtrTy, // gc_object_type
       // New ABI:
       LongTy,                 // abi_version
       IvarOffsets->getType(), // ivar_offsets
       Properties->getType(),  // properties
       IntPtrTy,               // strong_pointers
-      IntPtrTy,               // weak_pointers
-      nullptr);
+      IntPtrTy                // weak_pointers
+      );
 
   ConstantInitBuilder Builder(CGM);
   auto Elements = Builder.beginStruct(ClassTy);
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp
index 70d24b791334..9c048423285b 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp
@@ -105,8 +105,8 @@ private:
   llvm::Constant *getMessageSendFp2retFn() const {
     llvm::Type *params[] = { ObjectPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy };
     llvm::Type *longDoubleType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(VMContext);
-    llvm::Type *resultType = 
-      llvm::StructType::get(longDoubleType, longDoubleType, nullptr);
+    llvm::Type *resultType =
+        llvm::StructType::get(longDoubleType, longDoubleType);
 
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(resultType,
                                                              params, true),
@@ -5506,17 +5506,15 @@ ObjCCommonTypesHelper::ObjCCommonTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm)
   //   char *name;
   //   char *attributes;
   // }
-  PropertyTy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._prop_t",
-                                        Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy, nullptr);
+  PropertyTy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._prop_t", Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy);
 
   // struct _prop_list_t {
   //   uint32_t entsize;      // sizeof(struct _prop_t)
   //   uint32_t count_of_properties;
   //   struct _prop_t prop_list[count_of_properties];
   // }
-  PropertyListTy =
-    llvm::StructType::create("struct._prop_list_t", IntTy, IntTy,
-                             llvm::ArrayType::get(PropertyTy, 0), nullptr);
+  PropertyListTy = llvm::StructType::create(
+      "struct._prop_list_t", IntTy, IntTy, llvm::ArrayType::get(PropertyTy, 0));
   // struct _prop_list_t *
   PropertyListPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(PropertyListTy);
 
@@ -5525,9 +5523,8 @@ ObjCCommonTypesHelper::ObjCCommonTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm)
   //   char *method_type;
   //   char *_imp;
   // }
-  MethodTy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_method",
-                                      SelectorPtrTy, Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy,
-                                      nullptr);
+  MethodTy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_method", SelectorPtrTy,
+                                      Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy);
 
   // struct _objc_cache *
   CacheTy = llvm::StructType::create(VMContext, "struct._objc_cache");
@@ -5540,17 +5537,16 @@ ObjCTypesHelper::ObjCTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm)
   //   SEL name;
   //   char *types;
   // }
-  MethodDescriptionTy =
-    llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_method_description",
-                             SelectorPtrTy, Int8PtrTy, nullptr);
+  MethodDescriptionTy = llvm::StructType::create(
+      "struct._objc_method_description", SelectorPtrTy, Int8PtrTy);
 
   // struct _objc_method_description_list {
   //   int count;
   //   struct _objc_method_description[1];
   // }
-  MethodDescriptionListTy = llvm::StructType::create(
-      "struct._objc_method_description_list", IntTy,
-      llvm::ArrayType::get(MethodDescriptionTy, 0), nullptr);
+  MethodDescriptionListTy =
+      llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_method_description_list", IntTy,
+                               llvm::ArrayType::get(MethodDescriptionTy, 0));
 
   // struct _objc_method_description_list *
   MethodDescriptionListPtrTy =
@@ -5566,11 +5562,10 @@ ObjCTypesHelper::ObjCTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm)
   //   const char ** extendedMethodTypes;
   //   struct _objc_property_list *class_properties;
   // }
-  ProtocolExtensionTy =
-    llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_protocol_extension",
-                             IntTy, MethodDescriptionListPtrTy,
-                             MethodDescriptionListPtrTy, PropertyListPtrTy,
-                             Int8PtrPtrTy, PropertyListPtrTy, nullptr);
+  ProtocolExtensionTy = llvm::StructType::create(
+      "struct._objc_protocol_extension", IntTy, MethodDescriptionListPtrTy,
+      MethodDescriptionListPtrTy, PropertyListPtrTy, Int8PtrPtrTy,
+      PropertyListPtrTy);
 
   // struct _objc_protocol_extension *
   ProtocolExtensionPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ProtocolExtensionTy);
@@ -5582,10 +5577,8 @@ ObjCTypesHelper::ObjCTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm)
 
   ProtocolListTy =
     llvm::StructType::create(VMContext, "struct._objc_protocol_list");
-  ProtocolListTy->setBody(llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ProtocolListTy),
-                          LongTy,
-                          llvm::ArrayType::get(ProtocolTy, 0),
-                          nullptr);
+  ProtocolListTy->setBody(llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ProtocolListTy), LongTy,
+                          llvm::ArrayType::get(ProtocolTy, 0));
 
   // struct _objc_protocol {
   //   struct _objc_protocol_extension *isa;
@@ -5596,9 +5589,7 @@ ObjCTypesHelper::ObjCTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm)
   // }
   ProtocolTy->setBody(ProtocolExtensionPtrTy, Int8PtrTy,
                       llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ProtocolListTy),
-                      MethodDescriptionListPtrTy,
-                      MethodDescriptionListPtrTy,
-                      nullptr);
+                      MethodDescriptionListPtrTy, MethodDescriptionListPtrTy);
 
   // struct _objc_protocol_list *
   ProtocolListPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ProtocolListTy);
@@ -5612,8 +5603,8 @@ ObjCTypesHelper::ObjCTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm)
   //   char *ivar_type;
   //   int  ivar_offset;
   // }
-  IvarTy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_ivar",
-                                    Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy, IntTy, nullptr);
+  IvarTy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_ivar", Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy,
+                                    IntTy);
 
   // struct _objc_ivar_list *
   IvarListTy =
@@ -5626,9 +5617,8 @@ ObjCTypesHelper::ObjCTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm)
   MethodListPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MethodListTy);
 
   // struct _objc_class_extension *
-  ClassExtensionTy =
-    llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_class_extension",
-                             IntTy, Int8PtrTy, PropertyListPtrTy, nullptr);
+  ClassExtensionTy = llvm::StructType::create(
+      "struct._objc_class_extension", IntTy, Int8PtrTy, PropertyListPtrTy);
   ClassExtensionPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassExtensionTy);
 
   ClassTy = llvm::StructType::create(VMContext, "struct._objc_class");
@@ -5648,18 +5638,9 @@ ObjCTypesHelper::ObjCTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm)
   //   struct _objc_class_ext *ext;
   // };
   ClassTy->setBody(llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassTy),
-                   llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassTy),
-                   Int8PtrTy,
-                   LongTy,
-                   LongTy,
-                   LongTy,
-                   IvarListPtrTy,
-                   MethodListPtrTy,
-                   CachePtrTy,
-                   ProtocolListPtrTy,
-                   Int8PtrTy,
-                   ClassExtensionPtrTy,
-                   nullptr);
+                   llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassTy), Int8PtrTy, LongTy,
+                   LongTy, LongTy, IvarListPtrTy, MethodListPtrTy, CachePtrTy,
+                   ProtocolListPtrTy, Int8PtrTy, ClassExtensionPtrTy);
 
   ClassPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassTy);
 
@@ -5673,12 +5654,10 @@ ObjCTypesHelper::ObjCTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm)
   //   struct _objc_property_list *instance_properties;// category's @property
   //   struct _objc_property_list *class_properties;
   // }
-  CategoryTy =
-    llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_category",
-                             Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy, MethodListPtrTy,
-                             MethodListPtrTy, ProtocolListPtrTy,
-                             IntTy, PropertyListPtrTy, PropertyListPtrTy,
-                             nullptr);
+  CategoryTy = llvm::StructType::create(
+      "struct._objc_category", Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy, MethodListPtrTy,
+      MethodListPtrTy, ProtocolListPtrTy, IntTy, PropertyListPtrTy,
+      PropertyListPtrTy);
 
   // Global metadata structures
 
@@ -5689,10 +5668,9 @@ ObjCTypesHelper::ObjCTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm)
   //   short cat_def_cnt;
   //   char *defs[cls_def_cnt + cat_def_cnt];
   // }
-  SymtabTy =
-    llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_symtab",
-                             LongTy, SelectorPtrTy, ShortTy, ShortTy,
-                             llvm::ArrayType::get(Int8PtrTy, 0), nullptr);
+  SymtabTy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_symtab", LongTy,
+                                      SelectorPtrTy, ShortTy, ShortTy,
+                                      llvm::ArrayType::get(Int8PtrTy, 0));
   SymtabPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(SymtabTy);
 
   // struct _objc_module {
@@ -5701,10 +5679,8 @@ ObjCTypesHelper::ObjCTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm)
   //   char *name;
   //   struct _objc_symtab* symtab;
   //  }
-  ModuleTy =
-    llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_module",
-                             LongTy, LongTy, Int8PtrTy, SymtabPtrTy, nullptr);
-
+  ModuleTy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_module", LongTy, LongTy,
+                                      Int8PtrTy, SymtabPtrTy);
 
   // FIXME: This is the size of the setjmp buffer and should be target
   // specific. 18 is what's used on 32-bit X86.
@@ -5713,10 +5689,9 @@ ObjCTypesHelper::ObjCTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm)
   // Exceptions
   llvm::Type *StackPtrTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(CGM.Int8PtrTy, 4);
 
-  ExceptionDataTy =
-    llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_exception_data",
-                             llvm::ArrayType::get(CGM.Int32Ty,SetJmpBufferSize),
-                             StackPtrTy, nullptr);
+  ExceptionDataTy = llvm::StructType::create(
+      "struct._objc_exception_data",
+      llvm::ArrayType::get(CGM.Int32Ty, SetJmpBufferSize), StackPtrTy);
 }
 
 ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper::ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm)
@@ -5727,8 +5702,8 @@ ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper::ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModul
   //   struct _objc_method method_list[method_count];
   // }
   MethodListnfABITy =
-    llvm::StructType::create("struct.__method_list_t", IntTy, IntTy,
-                             llvm::ArrayType::get(MethodTy, 0), nullptr);
+      llvm::StructType::create("struct.__method_list_t", IntTy, IntTy,
+                               llvm::ArrayType::get(MethodTy, 0));
   // struct method_list_t *
   MethodListnfABIPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MethodListnfABITy);
 
@@ -5752,14 +5727,12 @@ ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper::ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModul
   ProtocolListnfABITy =
     llvm::StructType::create(VMContext, "struct._objc_protocol_list");
 
-  ProtocolnfABITy =
-    llvm::StructType::create("struct._protocol_t", ObjectPtrTy, Int8PtrTy,
-                             llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ProtocolListnfABITy),
-                             MethodListnfABIPtrTy, MethodListnfABIPtrTy,
-                             MethodListnfABIPtrTy, MethodListnfABIPtrTy,
-                             PropertyListPtrTy, IntTy, IntTy, Int8PtrPtrTy,
-                             Int8PtrTy, PropertyListPtrTy,
-                             nullptr);
+  ProtocolnfABITy = llvm::StructType::create(
+      "struct._protocol_t", ObjectPtrTy, Int8PtrTy,
+      llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ProtocolListnfABITy), MethodListnfABIPtrTy,
+      MethodListnfABIPtrTy, MethodListnfABIPtrTy, MethodListnfABIPtrTy,
+      PropertyListPtrTy, IntTy, IntTy, Int8PtrPtrTy, Int8PtrTy,
+      PropertyListPtrTy);
 
   // struct _protocol_t*
   ProtocolnfABIPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ProtocolnfABITy);
@@ -5769,8 +5742,7 @@ ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper::ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModul
   //   struct _protocol_t *[protocol_count];
   // }
   ProtocolListnfABITy->setBody(LongTy,
-                               llvm::ArrayType::get(ProtocolnfABIPtrTy, 0),
-                               nullptr);
+                               llvm::ArrayType::get(ProtocolnfABIPtrTy, 0));
 
   // struct _objc_protocol_list*
   ProtocolListnfABIPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ProtocolListnfABITy);
@@ -5784,7 +5756,7 @@ ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper::ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModul
   // }
   IvarnfABITy = llvm::StructType::create(
       "struct._ivar_t", llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(IvarOffsetVarTy),
-      Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy, IntTy, IntTy, nullptr);
+      Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy, IntTy, IntTy);
 
   // struct _ivar_list_t {
   //   uint32 entsize;  // sizeof(struct _ivar_t)
@@ -5792,8 +5764,8 @@ ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper::ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModul
   //   struct _iver_t list[count];
   // }
   IvarListnfABITy =
-    llvm::StructType::create("struct._ivar_list_t", IntTy, IntTy,
-                             llvm::ArrayType::get(IvarnfABITy, 0), nullptr);
+      llvm::StructType::create("struct._ivar_list_t", IntTy, IntTy,
+                               llvm::ArrayType::get(IvarnfABITy, 0));
 
   IvarListnfABIPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(IvarListnfABITy);
 
@@ -5812,13 +5784,10 @@ ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper::ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModul
   // }
 
   // FIXME. Add 'reserved' field in 64bit abi mode!
-  ClassRonfABITy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._class_ro_t",
-                                            IntTy, IntTy, IntTy, Int8PtrTy,
-                                            Int8PtrTy, MethodListnfABIPtrTy,
-                                            ProtocolListnfABIPtrTy,
-                                            IvarListnfABIPtrTy,
-                                            Int8PtrTy, PropertyListPtrTy,
-                                            nullptr);
+  ClassRonfABITy = llvm::StructType::create(
+      "struct._class_ro_t", IntTy, IntTy, IntTy, Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy,
+      MethodListnfABIPtrTy, ProtocolListnfABIPtrTy, IvarListnfABIPtrTy,
+      Int8PtrTy, PropertyListPtrTy);
 
   // ImpnfABITy - LLVM for id (*)(id, SEL, ...)
   llvm::Type *params[] = { ObjectPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy };
@@ -5835,11 +5804,9 @@ ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper::ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModul
 
   ClassnfABITy = llvm::StructType::create(VMContext, "struct._class_t");
   ClassnfABITy->setBody(llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassnfABITy),
-                        llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassnfABITy),
-                        CachePtrTy,
+                        llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassnfABITy), CachePtrTy,
                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ImpnfABITy),
-                        llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassRonfABITy),
-                        nullptr);
+                        llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassRonfABITy));
 
   // LLVM for struct _class_t *
   ClassnfABIPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassnfABITy);
@@ -5854,15 +5821,10 @@ ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper::ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModul
   //   const struct _prop_list_t * const class_properties;
   //   const uint32_t size;
   // }
-  CategorynfABITy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._category_t",
-                                             Int8PtrTy, ClassnfABIPtrTy,
-                                             MethodListnfABIPtrTy,
-                                             MethodListnfABIPtrTy,
-                                             ProtocolListnfABIPtrTy,
-                                             PropertyListPtrTy,
-                                             PropertyListPtrTy,
-                                             IntTy,
-                                             nullptr);
+  CategorynfABITy = llvm::StructType::create(
+      "struct._category_t", Int8PtrTy, ClassnfABIPtrTy, MethodListnfABIPtrTy,
+      MethodListnfABIPtrTy, ProtocolListnfABIPtrTy, PropertyListPtrTy,
+      PropertyListPtrTy, IntTy);
 
   // New types for nonfragile abi messaging.
   CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &Types = CGM.getTypes();
@@ -5899,9 +5861,8 @@ ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper::ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModul
   //   SUPER_IMP messenger;
   //   SEL name;
   // };
-  SuperMessageRefTy =
-    llvm::StructType::create("struct._super_message_ref_t",
-                             ImpnfABITy, SelectorPtrTy, nullptr);
+  SuperMessageRefTy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._super_message_ref_t",
+                                               ImpnfABITy, SelectorPtrTy);
 
   // SuperMessageRefPtrTy - LLVM for struct _super_message_ref_t*
   SuperMessageRefPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(SuperMessageRefTy);
@@ -5912,10 +5873,9 @@ ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper::ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModul
   //   const char*  name;    // c++ typeinfo string
   //   Class        cls;
   // };
-  EHTypeTy =
-    llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_typeinfo",
-                             llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(Int8PtrTy),
-                             Int8PtrTy, ClassnfABIPtrTy, nullptr);
+  EHTypeTy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_typeinfo",
+                                      llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(Int8PtrTy),
+                                      Int8PtrTy, ClassnfABIPtrTy);
   EHTypePtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(EHTypeTy);
 }
 
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGOpenMPRuntime.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGOpenMPRuntime.cpp
index d1a706b8821e..b256a88c47ad 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGOpenMPRuntime.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGOpenMPRuntime.cpp
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ CGOpenMPRuntime::CGOpenMPRuntime(CodeGenModule &CGM)
   IdentTy = llvm::StructType::create(
       "ident_t", CGM.Int32Ty /* reserved_1 */, CGM.Int32Ty /* flags */,
       CGM.Int32Ty /* reserved_2 */, CGM.Int32Ty /* reserved_3 */,
-      CGM.Int8PtrTy /* psource */, nullptr);
+      CGM.Int8PtrTy /* psource */);
   KmpCriticalNameTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(CGM.Int32Ty, /*NumElements*/ 8);
 
   loadOffloadInfoMetadata();
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenAction.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenAction.cpp
index f57cbe86c413..c7e30fad7575 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenAction.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenAction.cpp
@@ -548,9 +548,9 @@ void BackendConsumer::UnsupportedDiagHandler(
 
   StringRef Filename;
   unsigned Line, Column;
-  bool BadDebugInfo;
-  FullSourceLoc Loc = getBestLocationFromDebugLoc(D, BadDebugInfo, Filename,
-      Line, Column);
+  bool BadDebugInfo = false;
+  FullSourceLoc Loc =
+      getBestLocationFromDebugLoc(D, BadDebugInfo, Filename, Line, Column);
 
   Diags.Report(Loc, diag::err_fe_backend_unsupported) << D.getMessage().str();
 
@@ -572,8 +572,8 @@ void BackendConsumer::EmitOptimizationMessage(
   StringRef Filename;
   unsigned Line, Column;
   bool BadDebugInfo = false;
-  FullSourceLoc Loc = getBestLocationFromDebugLoc(D, BadDebugInfo, Filename,
-      Line, Column);
+  FullSourceLoc Loc =
+      getBestLocationFromDebugLoc(D, BadDebugInfo, Filename, Line, Column);
 
   std::string Msg;
   raw_string_ostream MsgStream(Msg);
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp
index ff26d80fe2b6..a0254797ea43 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ void CodeGenModule::EmitCtorList(CtorList &Fns, const char *GlobalName) {
 
   // Get the type of a ctor entry, { i32, void ()*, i8* }.
   llvm::StructType *CtorStructTy = llvm::StructType::get(
-      Int32Ty, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CtorFTy), VoidPtrTy, nullptr);
+      Int32Ty, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CtorFTy), VoidPtrTy);
 
   // Construct the constructor and destructor arrays.
   ConstantInitBuilder builder(*this);
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenTypes.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenTypes.cpp
index dc24b2040f04..5ed929135880 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenTypes.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenTypes.cpp
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ llvm::Type *CodeGenTypes::ConvertType(QualType T) {
     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected undeduced type!");
   case Type::Complex: {
     llvm::Type *EltTy = ConvertType(cast<ComplexType>(Ty)->getElementType());
-    ResultType = llvm::StructType::get(EltTy, EltTy, nullptr);
+    ResultType = llvm::StructType::get(EltTy, EltTy);
     break;
   }
   case Type::LValueReference:
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/ItaniumCXXABI.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/ItaniumCXXABI.cpp
index dac2d15fa406..66f51305430a 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/ItaniumCXXABI.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/ItaniumCXXABI.cpp
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ llvm::Type *
 ItaniumCXXABI::ConvertMemberPointerType(const MemberPointerType *MPT) {
   if (MPT->isMemberDataPointer())
     return CGM.PtrDiffTy;
-  return llvm::StructType::get(CGM.PtrDiffTy, CGM.PtrDiffTy, nullptr);
+  return llvm::StructType::get(CGM.PtrDiffTy, CGM.PtrDiffTy);
 }
 
 /// In the Itanium and ARM ABIs, method pointers have the form:
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp
index 4ebbef7dfb5b..18367d1602ba 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp
@@ -3159,8 +3159,7 @@ GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
     }
   }
 
-  llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr);
-
+  llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi);
 
   // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
   assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
@@ -3235,8 +3234,7 @@ classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
   case ComplexX87:
     assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
     ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
-                                    llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
-                                    nullptr);
+                                    llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()));
     break;
   }
 
@@ -3732,7 +3730,7 @@ Address X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
       CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RegAddrLo,
                                              CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
     llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
-    llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr);
+    llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy);
     llvm::Value *V;
     Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
     Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, ST);
@@ -4637,7 +4635,7 @@ PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
       llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
       if (Bits > GPRBits) {
         CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
-        CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr);
+        CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy);
       } else
         CoerceTy =
             llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), llvm::alignTo(Bits, 8));
@@ -6695,6 +6693,14 @@ MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
       return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
     }
 
+    // Use indirect if the aggregate cannot fit into registers for
+    // passing arguments according to the ABI
+    unsigned Threshold = IsO32 ? 16 : 64;
+
+    if(getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(Threshold))
+      return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align), true,
+                                     getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8 > Align);
+
     // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
     // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
     // aggregate is unaligned.
@@ -7037,13 +7043,13 @@ ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
   }
 
+  if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
+    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
+
   // Ignore empty records.
   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
 
-  if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
-    return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
-
   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
   if (Size > 64)
     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/true);
diff --git a/lib/Driver/SanitizerArgs.cpp b/lib/Driver/SanitizerArgs.cpp
index c298302c477c..9ab2e176845c 100644
--- a/lib/Driver/SanitizerArgs.cpp
+++ b/lib/Driver/SanitizerArgs.cpp
@@ -563,12 +563,18 @@ SanitizerArgs::SanitizerArgs(const ToolChain &TC,
       }
     }
 
-    if (Arg *A = Args.getLastArg(
-            options::OPT_fsanitize_address_use_after_scope,
-            options::OPT_fno_sanitize_address_use_after_scope)) {
-      AsanUseAfterScope = A->getOption().getID() ==
-                          options::OPT_fsanitize_address_use_after_scope;
-    }
+    AsanUseAfterScope = Args.hasFlag(
+        options::OPT_fsanitize_address_use_after_scope,
+        options::OPT_fno_sanitize_address_use_after_scope, AsanUseAfterScope);
+
+    // As a workaround for a bug in gold 2.26 and earlier, dead stripping of
+    // globals in ASan is disabled by default on ELF targets.
+    // See https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19002
+    AsanGlobalsDeadStripping =
+        !TC.getTriple().isOSBinFormatELF() ||
+        Args.hasArg(options::OPT_fsanitize_address_globals_dead_stripping);
+  } else {
+    AsanUseAfterScope = false;
   }
 
   // Parse -link-cxx-sanitizer flag.
@@ -634,7 +640,7 @@ void SanitizerArgs::addArgs(const ToolChain &TC, const llvm::opt::ArgList &Args,
     std::make_pair(CoverageNoPrune, "-fsanitize-coverage-no-prune")};
   for (auto F : CoverageFlags) {
     if (CoverageFeatures & F.first)
-      CmdArgs.push_back(Args.MakeArgString(F.second));
+      CmdArgs.push_back(F.second);
   }
 
   if (TC.getTriple().isOSWindows() && needsUbsanRt()) {
@@ -687,7 +693,7 @@ void SanitizerArgs::addArgs(const ToolChain &TC, const llvm::opt::ArgList &Args,
                                          llvm::utostr(MsanTrackOrigins)));
 
   if (MsanUseAfterDtor)
-    CmdArgs.push_back(Args.MakeArgString("-fsanitize-memory-use-after-dtor"));
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-fsanitize-memory-use-after-dtor");
 
   // FIXME: Pass these parameters as function attributes, not as -llvm flags.
   if (!TsanMemoryAccess) {
@@ -706,17 +712,20 @@ void SanitizerArgs::addArgs(const ToolChain &TC, const llvm::opt::ArgList &Args,
   }
 
   if (CfiCrossDso)
-    CmdArgs.push_back(Args.MakeArgString("-fsanitize-cfi-cross-dso"));
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-fsanitize-cfi-cross-dso");
 
   if (Stats)
-    CmdArgs.push_back(Args.MakeArgString("-fsanitize-stats"));
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-fsanitize-stats");
 
   if (AsanFieldPadding)
     CmdArgs.push_back(Args.MakeArgString("-fsanitize-address-field-padding=" +
                                          llvm::utostr(AsanFieldPadding)));
 
   if (AsanUseAfterScope)
-    CmdArgs.push_back(Args.MakeArgString("-fsanitize-address-use-after-scope"));
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-fsanitize-address-use-after-scope");
+
+  if (AsanGlobalsDeadStripping)
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-fsanitize-address-globals-dead-stripping");
 
   // MSan: Workaround for PR16386.
   // ASan: This is mainly to help LSan with cases such as
@@ -724,7 +733,7 @@ void SanitizerArgs::addArgs(const ToolChain &TC, const llvm::opt::ArgList &Args,
   // We can't make this conditional on -fsanitize=leak, as that flag shouldn't
   // affect compilation.
   if (Sanitizers.has(Memory) || Sanitizers.has(Address))
-    CmdArgs.push_back(Args.MakeArgString("-fno-assume-sane-operator-new"));
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-fno-assume-sane-operator-new");
 
   // Require -fvisibility= flag on non-Windows when compiling if vptr CFI is
   // enabled.
diff --git a/lib/Driver/ToolChains/Arch/Mips.cpp b/lib/Driver/ToolChains/Arch/Mips.cpp
index cd791af83220..f33542477fb5 100644
--- a/lib/Driver/ToolChains/Arch/Mips.cpp
+++ b/lib/Driver/ToolChains/Arch/Mips.cpp
@@ -282,18 +282,18 @@ void mips::getMIPSTargetFeatures(const Driver &D, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
   if (Arg *A = Args.getLastArg(options::OPT_mfp32, options::OPT_mfpxx,
                                options::OPT_mfp64)) {
     if (A->getOption().matches(options::OPT_mfp32))
-      Features.push_back(Args.MakeArgString("-fp64"));
+      Features.push_back("-fp64");
     else if (A->getOption().matches(options::OPT_mfpxx)) {
-      Features.push_back(Args.MakeArgString("+fpxx"));
-      Features.push_back(Args.MakeArgString("+nooddspreg"));
+      Features.push_back("+fpxx");
+      Features.push_back("+nooddspreg");
     } else
-      Features.push_back(Args.MakeArgString("+fp64"));
+      Features.push_back("+fp64");
   } else if (mips::shouldUseFPXX(Args, Triple, CPUName, ABIName, FloatABI)) {
-    Features.push_back(Args.MakeArgString("+fpxx"));
-    Features.push_back(Args.MakeArgString("+nooddspreg"));
+    Features.push_back("+fpxx");
+    Features.push_back("+nooddspreg");
   } else if (mips::isFP64ADefault(Triple, CPUName)) {
-    Features.push_back(Args.MakeArgString("+fp64"));
-    Features.push_back(Args.MakeArgString("+nooddspreg"));
+    Features.push_back("+fp64");
+    Features.push_back("+nooddspreg");
   }
 
   AddTargetFeature(Args, Features, options::OPT_mno_odd_spreg,
diff --git a/lib/Driver/ToolChains/Myriad.cpp b/lib/Driver/ToolChains/Myriad.cpp
index 2935755c12be..f70ce93c45ce 100644
--- a/lib/Driver/ToolChains/Myriad.cpp
+++ b/lib/Driver/ToolChains/Myriad.cpp
@@ -43,15 +43,17 @@ void tools::SHAVE::Compiler::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
   }
   CmdArgs.push_back("-DMYRIAD2");
 
-  // Append all -I, -iquote, -isystem paths, defines/undefines,
-  // 'f' flags, optimize flags, and warning options.
+  // Append all -I, -iquote, -isystem paths, defines/undefines, 'f'
+  // flags, 'g' flags, 'M' flags, optimize flags, warning options,
+  // mcpu flags, mllvm flags, and Xclang flags.
   // These are spelled the same way in clang and moviCompile.
   Args.AddAllArgsExcept(
       CmdArgs,
       {options::OPT_I_Group, options::OPT_clang_i_Group, options::OPT_std_EQ,
        options::OPT_D, options::OPT_U, options::OPT_f_Group,
        options::OPT_f_clang_Group, options::OPT_g_Group, options::OPT_M_Group,
-       options::OPT_O_Group, options::OPT_W_Group, options::OPT_mcpu_EQ},
+       options::OPT_O_Group, options::OPT_W_Group, options::OPT_mcpu_EQ,
+       options::OPT_mllvm, options::OPT_Xclang},
       {options::OPT_fno_split_dwarf_inlining});
   Args.hasArg(options::OPT_fno_split_dwarf_inlining); // Claim it if present.
 
diff --git a/lib/Driver/ToolChains/WebAssembly.cpp b/lib/Driver/ToolChains/WebAssembly.cpp
index 123a1516f1e7..3471569b6884 100644
--- a/lib/Driver/ToolChains/WebAssembly.cpp
+++ b/lib/Driver/ToolChains/WebAssembly.cpp
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ void wasm::Linker::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
   const char *Linker = Args.MakeArgString(ToolChain.GetLinkerPath());
   ArgStringList CmdArgs;
   CmdArgs.push_back("-flavor");
-  CmdArgs.push_back("ld");
+  CmdArgs.push_back("wasm");
 
   // Enable garbage collection of unused input sections by default, since code
   // size is of particular importance. This is significantly facilitated by
@@ -101,6 +101,9 @@ WebAssembly::WebAssembly(const Driver &D, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
   : ToolChain(D, Triple, Args) {
 
   assert(Triple.isArch32Bit() != Triple.isArch64Bit());
+
+  getProgramPaths().push_back(getDriver().getInstalledDir());
+
   getFilePaths().push_back(
       getDriver().SysRoot + "/lib" + (Triple.isArch32Bit() ? "32" : "64"));
 }
diff --git a/lib/Format/ContinuationIndenter.cpp b/lib/Format/ContinuationIndenter.cpp
index 3adb72c11da8..488f9dd582f9 100644
--- a/lib/Format/ContinuationIndenter.cpp
+++ b/lib/Format/ContinuationIndenter.cpp
@@ -674,6 +674,8 @@ unsigned ContinuationIndenter::getNewLineColumn(const LineState &State) {
       return State.Stack[State.Stack.size() - 2].LastSpace;
     return State.FirstIndent;
   }
+  if (Current.is(tok::r_paren) && State.Stack.size() > 1)
+    return State.Stack[State.Stack.size() - 2].LastSpace;
   if (NextNonComment->is(TT_TemplateString) && NextNonComment->closesScope())
     return State.Stack[State.Stack.size() - 2].LastSpace;
   if (Current.is(tok::identifier) && Current.Next &&
@@ -920,6 +922,10 @@ void ContinuationIndenter::moveStatePastFakeLParens(LineState &State,
     NewParenState.NoLineBreak =
         NewParenState.NoLineBreak || State.Stack.back().NoLineBreakInOperand;
 
+    // Don't propagate AvoidBinPacking into subexpressions of arg/param lists.
+    if (*I > prec::Comma)
+      NewParenState.AvoidBinPacking = false;
+
     // Indent from 'LastSpace' unless these are fake parentheses encapsulating
     // a builder type call after 'return' or, if the alignment after opening
     // brackets is disabled.
@@ -1034,13 +1040,20 @@ void ContinuationIndenter::moveStatePastScopeOpener(LineState &State,
       NestedBlockIndent = Column;
     }
 
+    bool EndsInComma =
+        Current.MatchingParen &&
+        Current.MatchingParen->getPreviousNonComment() &&
+        Current.MatchingParen->getPreviousNonComment()->is(tok::comma);
+
     AvoidBinPacking =
+        (Style.Language == FormatStyle::LK_JavaScript && EndsInComma) ||
         (State.Line->MustBeDeclaration && !Style.BinPackParameters) ||
         (!State.Line->MustBeDeclaration && !Style.BinPackArguments) ||
         (Style.ExperimentalAutoDetectBinPacking &&
          (Current.PackingKind == PPK_OnePerLine ||
           (!BinPackInconclusiveFunctions &&
            Current.PackingKind == PPK_Inconclusive)));
+
     if (Current.is(TT_ObjCMethodExpr) && Current.MatchingParen) {
       if (Style.ColumnLimit) {
         // If this '[' opens an ObjC call, determine whether all parameters fit
@@ -1061,6 +1074,9 @@ void ContinuationIndenter::moveStatePastScopeOpener(LineState &State,
         }
       }
     }
+
+    if (Style.Language == FormatStyle::LK_JavaScript && EndsInComma)
+      BreakBeforeParameter = true;
   }
   // Generally inherit NoLineBreak from the current scope to nested scope.
   // However, don't do this for non-empty nested blocks, dict literals and
diff --git a/lib/Format/Format.cpp b/lib/Format/Format.cpp
index f55a623a8d1f..c8677e805179 100644
--- a/lib/Format/Format.cpp
+++ b/lib/Format/Format.cpp
@@ -171,6 +171,18 @@ template <> struct ScalarEnumerationTraits<FormatStyle::BracketAlignmentStyle> {
   }
 };
 
+template <> struct ScalarEnumerationTraits<FormatStyle::EscapedNewlineAlignmentStyle> {
+  static void enumeration(IO &IO, FormatStyle::EscapedNewlineAlignmentStyle &Value) {
+    IO.enumCase(Value, "DontAlign", FormatStyle::ENAS_DontAlign);
+    IO.enumCase(Value, "Left", FormatStyle::ENAS_Left);
+    IO.enumCase(Value, "Right", FormatStyle::ENAS_Right);
+
+    // For backward compatibility.
+    IO.enumCase(Value, "true", FormatStyle::ENAS_Left);
+    IO.enumCase(Value, "false", FormatStyle::ENAS_Right);
+  }
+};
+
 template <> struct ScalarEnumerationTraits<FormatStyle::PointerAlignmentStyle> {
   static void enumeration(IO &IO, FormatStyle::PointerAlignmentStyle &Value) {
     IO.enumCase(Value, "Middle", FormatStyle::PAS_Middle);
@@ -233,6 +245,7 @@ template <> struct MappingTraits<FormatStyle> {
 
     // For backward compatibility.
     if (!IO.outputting()) {
+      IO.mapOptional("AlignEscapedNewlinesLeft", Style.AlignEscapedNewlines);
       IO.mapOptional("DerivePointerBinding", Style.DerivePointerAlignment);
       IO.mapOptional("IndentFunctionDeclarationAfterType",
                      Style.IndentWrappedFunctionNames);
@@ -247,7 +260,7 @@ template <> struct MappingTraits<FormatStyle> {
                    Style.AlignConsecutiveAssignments);
     IO.mapOptional("AlignConsecutiveDeclarations",
                    Style.AlignConsecutiveDeclarations);
-    IO.mapOptional("AlignEscapedNewlinesLeft", Style.AlignEscapedNewlinesLeft);
+    IO.mapOptional("AlignEscapedNewlines", Style.AlignEscapedNewlines);
     IO.mapOptional("AlignOperands", Style.AlignOperands);
     IO.mapOptional("AlignTrailingComments", Style.AlignTrailingComments);
     IO.mapOptional("AllowAllParametersOfDeclarationOnNextLine",
@@ -498,7 +511,7 @@ FormatStyle getLLVMStyle() {
   FormatStyle LLVMStyle;
   LLVMStyle.Language = FormatStyle::LK_Cpp;
   LLVMStyle.AccessModifierOffset = -2;
-  LLVMStyle.AlignEscapedNewlinesLeft = false;
+  LLVMStyle.AlignEscapedNewlines = FormatStyle::ENAS_Right;
   LLVMStyle.AlignAfterOpenBracket = FormatStyle::BAS_Align;
   LLVMStyle.AlignOperands = true;
   LLVMStyle.AlignTrailingComments = true;
@@ -587,7 +600,7 @@ FormatStyle getGoogleStyle(FormatStyle::LanguageKind Language) {
   GoogleStyle.Language = Language;
 
   GoogleStyle.AccessModifierOffset = -1;
-  GoogleStyle.AlignEscapedNewlinesLeft = true;
+  GoogleStyle.AlignEscapedNewlines = FormatStyle::ENAS_Left;
   GoogleStyle.AllowShortIfStatementsOnASingleLine = true;
   GoogleStyle.AllowShortLoopsOnASingleLine = true;
   GoogleStyle.AlwaysBreakBeforeMultilineStrings = true;
@@ -624,9 +637,10 @@ FormatStyle getGoogleStyle(FormatStyle::LanguageKind Language) {
     GoogleStyle.AllowShortFunctionsOnASingleLine = FormatStyle::SFS_Empty;
     GoogleStyle.AlwaysBreakBeforeMultilineStrings = false;
     GoogleStyle.BreakBeforeTernaryOperators = false;
-    // taze:, @tag followed by { for a lot of JSDoc tags, and @see, which is
-    // commonly followed by overlong URLs.
-    GoogleStyle.CommentPragmas = "(taze:|(@[A-Za-z_0-9-]+[ \\t]*{)|@see)";
+    // taze:, triple slash directives (`/// <...`), @tag followed by { for a lot
+    // of JSDoc tags, and @see, which is commonly followed by overlong URLs.
+    GoogleStyle.CommentPragmas =
+        "(taze:|^/[ \t]*<|(@[A-Za-z_0-9-]+[ \\t]*{)|@see)";
     GoogleStyle.MaxEmptyLinesToKeep = 3;
     GoogleStyle.NamespaceIndentation = FormatStyle::NI_All;
     GoogleStyle.SpacesInContainerLiterals = false;
diff --git a/lib/Format/TokenAnnotator.cpp b/lib/Format/TokenAnnotator.cpp
index c274d7bf07f8..387768a6ee56 100644
--- a/lib/Format/TokenAnnotator.cpp
+++ b/lib/Format/TokenAnnotator.cpp
@@ -576,9 +576,12 @@ private:
       }
       break;
     case tok::kw_for:
-      if (Style.Language == FormatStyle::LK_JavaScript && Tok->Previous &&
-          Tok->Previous->is(tok::period))
-        break;
+      if (Style.Language == FormatStyle::LK_JavaScript)
+        if (Tok->Previous && Tok->Previous->is(tok::period))
+          break;
+        // JS' for async ( ...
+        if (CurrentToken->is(Keywords.kw_async))
+          next();
       Contexts.back().ColonIsForRangeExpr = true;
       next();
       if (!parseParens())
@@ -1034,8 +1037,9 @@ private:
     if (Style.Language == FormatStyle::LK_JavaScript) {
       if (Current.is(tok::exclaim)) {
         if (Current.Previous &&
-            (Current.Previous->isOneOf(tok::identifier, tok::r_paren,
-                                       tok::r_square, tok::r_brace) ||
+            (Current.Previous->isOneOf(tok::identifier, tok::kw_namespace,
+                                       tok::r_paren, tok::r_square,
+                                       tok::r_brace) ||
              Current.Previous->Tok.isLiteral())) {
           Current.Type = TT_JsNonNullAssertion;
           return;
@@ -2248,6 +2252,10 @@ bool TokenAnnotator::spaceRequiredBefore(const AnnotatedLine &Line,
   } else if (Style.Language == FormatStyle::LK_JavaScript) {
     if (Left.is(TT_JsFatArrow))
       return true;
+    // for async ( ...
+    if (Right.is(tok::l_paren) && Left.is(Keywords.kw_async) &&
+        Left.Previous && Left.Previous->is(tok::kw_for))
+      return true;
     if (Left.is(Keywords.kw_async) && Right.is(tok::l_paren) &&
         Right.MatchingParen) {
       const FormatToken *Next = Right.MatchingParen->getNextNonComment();
@@ -2462,16 +2470,20 @@ bool TokenAnnotator::mustBreakBefore(const AnnotatedLine &Line,
       return true;
   }
 
-  // If the last token before a '}' is a comma or a trailing comment, the
-  // intention is to insert a line break after it in order to make shuffling
-  // around entries easier.
+  // If the last token before a '}', ']', or ')' is a comma or a trailing
+  // comment, the intention is to insert a line break after it in order to make
+  // shuffling around entries easier.
   const FormatToken *BeforeClosingBrace = nullptr;
-  if (Left.isOneOf(tok::l_brace, TT_ArrayInitializerLSquare) &&
+  if ((Left.isOneOf(tok::l_brace, TT_ArrayInitializerLSquare) ||
+       (Style.Language == FormatStyle::LK_JavaScript &&
+        Left.is(tok::l_paren))) &&
       Left.BlockKind != BK_Block && Left.MatchingParen)
     BeforeClosingBrace = Left.MatchingParen->Previous;
   else if (Right.MatchingParen &&
-           Right.MatchingParen->isOneOf(tok::l_brace,
-                                        TT_ArrayInitializerLSquare))
+           (Right.MatchingParen->isOneOf(tok::l_brace,
+                                         TT_ArrayInitializerLSquare) ||
+            (Style.Language == FormatStyle::LK_JavaScript &&
+             Right.MatchingParen->is(tok::l_paren))))
     BeforeClosingBrace = &Left;
   if (BeforeClosingBrace && (BeforeClosingBrace->is(tok::comma) ||
                              BeforeClosingBrace->isTrailingComment()))
diff --git a/lib/Format/UnwrappedLineParser.cpp b/lib/Format/UnwrappedLineParser.cpp
index 2d788b52dfda..31c66ffb00a1 100644
--- a/lib/Format/UnwrappedLineParser.cpp
+++ b/lib/Format/UnwrappedLineParser.cpp
@@ -368,9 +368,10 @@ void UnwrappedLineParser::calculateBraceTypes(bool ExpectClassBody) {
               (Style.Language == FormatStyle::LK_JavaScript &&
                NextTok->isOneOf(Keywords.kw_of, Keywords.kw_in,
                                 Keywords.kw_as)) ||
+              (Style.isCpp() && NextTok->is(tok::l_paren)) ||
               NextTok->isOneOf(tok::comma, tok::period, tok::colon,
                                tok::r_paren, tok::r_square, tok::l_brace,
-                               tok::l_square, tok::l_paren, tok::ellipsis) ||
+                               tok::l_square, tok::ellipsis) ||
               (NextTok->is(tok::identifier) &&
                !PrevTok->isOneOf(tok::semi, tok::r_brace, tok::l_brace)) ||
               (NextTok->is(tok::semi) &&
@@ -476,6 +477,24 @@ static bool isGoogScope(const UnwrappedLine &Line) {
   return I->Tok->is(tok::l_paren);
 }
 
+static bool isIIFE(const UnwrappedLine &Line,
+                   const AdditionalKeywords &Keywords) {
+  // Look for the start of an immediately invoked anonymous function.
+  // https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Immediately-invoked_function_expression
+  // This is commonly done in JavaScript to create a new, anonymous scope.
+  // Example: (function() { ... })()
+  if (Line.Tokens.size() < 3)
+    return false;
+  auto I = Line.Tokens.begin();
+  if (I->Tok->isNot(tok::l_paren))
+    return false;
+  ++I;
+  if (I->Tok->isNot(Keywords.kw_function))
+    return false;
+  ++I;
+  return I->Tok->is(tok::l_paren);
+}
+
 static bool ShouldBreakBeforeBrace(const FormatStyle &Style,
                                    const FormatToken &InitialToken) {
   if (InitialToken.is(tok::kw_namespace))
@@ -493,15 +512,16 @@ void UnwrappedLineParser::parseChildBlock() {
   FormatTok->BlockKind = BK_Block;
   nextToken();
   {
-    bool GoogScope =
-        Style.Language == FormatStyle::LK_JavaScript && isGoogScope(*Line);
+    bool SkipIndent =
+        (Style.Language == FormatStyle::LK_JavaScript &&
+         (isGoogScope(*Line) || isIIFE(*Line, Keywords)));
     ScopedLineState LineState(*this);
     ScopedDeclarationState DeclarationState(*Line, DeclarationScopeStack,
                                             /*MustBeDeclaration=*/false);
-    Line->Level += GoogScope ? 0 : 1;
+    Line->Level += SkipIndent ? 0 : 1;
     parseLevel(/*HasOpeningBrace=*/true);
     flushComments(isOnNewLine(*FormatTok));
-    Line->Level -= GoogScope ? 0 : 1;
+    Line->Level -= SkipIndent ? 0 : 1;
   }
   nextToken();
 }
@@ -1615,6 +1635,10 @@ void UnwrappedLineParser::parseForOrWhileLoop() {
   assert(FormatTok->isOneOf(tok::kw_for, tok::kw_while, TT_ForEachMacro) &&
          "'for', 'while' or foreach macro expected");
   nextToken();
+  // JS' for async ( ...
+  if (Style.Language == FormatStyle::LK_JavaScript &&
+      FormatTok->is(Keywords.kw_async))
+    nextToken();
   if (FormatTok->Tok.is(tok::l_paren))
     parseParens();
   if (FormatTok->Tok.is(tok::l_brace)) {
diff --git a/lib/Format/WhitespaceManager.cpp b/lib/Format/WhitespaceManager.cpp
index 2c1f59324971..3b6311d15487 100644
--- a/lib/Format/WhitespaceManager.cpp
+++ b/lib/Format/WhitespaceManager.cpp
@@ -517,8 +517,11 @@ void WhitespaceManager::alignTrailingComments(unsigned Start, unsigned End,
 }
 
 void WhitespaceManager::alignEscapedNewlines() {
-  unsigned MaxEndOfLine =
-      Style.AlignEscapedNewlinesLeft ? 0 : Style.ColumnLimit;
+  if (Style.AlignEscapedNewlines == FormatStyle::ENAS_DontAlign)
+    return;
+
+  bool AlignLeft = Style.AlignEscapedNewlines == FormatStyle::ENAS_Left;
+  unsigned MaxEndOfLine = AlignLeft ? 0 : Style.ColumnLimit;
   unsigned StartOfMacro = 0;
   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Changes.size(); i < e; ++i) {
     Change &C = Changes[i];
@@ -527,7 +530,7 @@ void WhitespaceManager::alignEscapedNewlines() {
         MaxEndOfLine = std::max(C.PreviousEndOfTokenColumn + 2, MaxEndOfLine);
       } else {
         alignEscapedNewlines(StartOfMacro + 1, i, MaxEndOfLine);
-        MaxEndOfLine = Style.AlignEscapedNewlinesLeft ? 0 : Style.ColumnLimit;
+        MaxEndOfLine = AlignLeft ? 0 : Style.ColumnLimit;
         StartOfMacro = i;
       }
     }
@@ -602,7 +605,7 @@ void WhitespaceManager::appendNewlineText(std::string &Text, unsigned Newlines,
                                           unsigned EscapedNewlineColumn) {
   if (Newlines > 0) {
     unsigned Offset =
-        std::min<int>(EscapedNewlineColumn - 1, PreviousEndOfTokenColumn);
+        std::min<int>(EscapedNewlineColumn - 2, PreviousEndOfTokenColumn);
     for (unsigned i = 0; i < Newlines; ++i) {
       Text.append(EscapedNewlineColumn - Offset - 1, ' ');
       Text.append(UseCRLF ? "\\\r\n" : "\\\n");
diff --git a/lib/Frontend/CompilerInvocation.cpp b/lib/Frontend/CompilerInvocation.cpp
index 96854b8fbc1a..51147b6f9499 100644
--- a/lib/Frontend/CompilerInvocation.cpp
+++ b/lib/Frontend/CompilerInvocation.cpp
@@ -778,6 +778,8 @@ static bool ParseCodeGenArgs(CodeGenOptions &Opts, ArgList &Args, InputKind IK,
     Opts.SanitizeAddressUseAfterScope =
         A->getOption().getID() == OPT_fsanitize_address_use_after_scope;
   }
+  Opts.SanitizeAddressGlobalsDeadStripping =
+      Args.hasArg(OPT_fsanitize_address_globals_dead_stripping);
   Opts.SSPBufferSize =
       getLastArgIntValue(Args, OPT_stack_protector_buffer_size, 8, Diags);
   Opts.StackRealignment = Args.hasArg(OPT_mstackrealign);
diff --git a/lib/Headers/avxintrin.h b/lib/Headers/avxintrin.h
index cdb7aa4fb626..15d28259dcc0 100644
--- a/lib/Headers/avxintrin.h
+++ b/lib/Headers/avxintrin.h
@@ -1458,12 +1458,13 @@ _mm256_blendv_ps(__m256 __a, __m256 __b, __m256 __c)
 /// \brief Computes two dot products in parallel, using the lower and upper
 ///    halves of two [8 x float] vectors as input to the two computations, and
 ///    returning the two dot products in the lower and upper halves of the
-///    [8 x float] result. The immediate integer operand controls which input
-///    elements will contribute to the dot product, and where the final results
-///    are returned. In general, for each dot product, the four corresponding
-///    elements of the input vectors are multiplied; the first two and second
-///    two products are summed, then the two sums are added to form the final
-///    result.
+///    [8 x float] result.
+///
+///    The immediate integer operand controls which input elements will
+///    contribute to the dot product, and where the final results are returned.
+///    In general, for each dot product, the four corresponding elements of the
+///    input vectors are multiplied; the first two and second two products are
+///    summed, then the two sums are added to form the final result.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1497,15 +1498,16 @@ _mm256_blendv_ps(__m256 __a, __m256 __b, __m256 __c)
 
 /* Vector shuffle */
 /// \brief Selects 8 float values from the 256-bit operands of [8 x float], as
-///    specified by the immediate value operand. The four selected elements in
-///    each operand are copied to the destination according to the bits
-///    specified in the immediate operand. The selected elements from the first
-///    256-bit operand are copied to bits [63:0] and bits [191:128] of the
-///    destination, and the selected elements from the second 256-bit operand
-///    are copied to bits [127:64] and bits [255:192] of the destination. For
-///    example, if bits [7:0] of the immediate operand contain a value of 0xFF,
-///    the 256-bit destination vector would contain the following values: b[7],
-///    b[7], a[7], a[7], b[3], b[3], a[3], a[3].
+///    specified by the immediate value operand.
+///
+///    The four selected elements in each operand are copied to the destination
+///    according to the bits specified in the immediate operand. The selected
+///    elements from the first 256-bit operand are copied to bits [63:0] and
+///    bits [191:128] of the destination, and the selected elements from the
+///    second 256-bit operand are copied to bits [127:64] and bits [255:192] of
+///    the destination. For example, if bits [7:0] of the immediate operand
+///    contain a value of 0xFF, the 256-bit destination vector would contain the
+///    following values: b[7], b[7], a[7], a[7], b[3], b[3], a[3], a[3].
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1557,13 +1559,14 @@ _mm256_blendv_ps(__m256 __a, __m256 __b, __m256 __c)
                                   12 + (((mask) >> 6) & 0x3)); })
 
 /// \brief Selects four double-precision values from the 256-bit operands of
-///    [4 x double], as specified by the immediate value operand. The selected
-///    elements from the first 256-bit operand are copied to bits [63:0] and
-///    bits [191:128] in the destination, and the selected elements from the
-///    second 256-bit operand are copied to bits [127:64] and bits [255:192] in
-///    the destination. For example, if bits [3:0] of the immediate operand
-///    contain a value of 0xF, the 256-bit destination vector would contain the
-///    following values: b[3], a[3], b[1], a[1].
+///    [4 x double], as specified by the immediate value operand.
+///
+///    The selected elements from the first 256-bit operand are copied to bits
+///    [63:0] and bits [191:128] in the destination, and the selected elements
+///    from the second 256-bit operand are copied to bits [127:64] and bits
+///    [255:192] in the destination. For example, if bits [3:0] of the immediate
+///    operand contain a value of 0xF, the 256-bit destination vector would
+///    contain the following values: b[3], a[3], b[1], a[1].
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1641,9 +1644,11 @@ _mm256_blendv_ps(__m256 __a, __m256 __b, __m256 __c)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding double-precision values of two
 ///    128-bit vectors of [2 x double], using the operation specified by the
-///    immediate integer operand. Returns a [2 x double] vector consisting of
-///    two doubles corresponding to the two comparison results: zero if the
-///    comparison is false, and all 1's if the comparison is true.
+///    immediate integer operand.
+///
+///    Returns a [2 x double] vector consisting of two doubles corresponding to
+///    the two comparison results: zero if the comparison is false, and all 1's
+///    if the comparison is true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1699,9 +1704,11 @@ _mm256_blendv_ps(__m256 __a, __m256 __b, __m256 __c)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding values of two 128-bit vectors of
 ///    [4 x float], using the operation specified by the immediate integer
-///    operand. Returns a [4 x float] vector consisting of four floats
-///    corresponding to the four comparison results: zero if the comparison is
-///    false, and all 1's if the comparison is true.
+///    operand.
+///
+///    Returns a [4 x float] vector consisting of four floats corresponding to
+///    the four comparison results: zero if the comparison is false, and all 1's
+///    if the comparison is true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1757,9 +1764,11 @@ _mm256_blendv_ps(__m256 __a, __m256 __b, __m256 __c)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding double-precision values of two
 ///    256-bit vectors of [4 x double], using the operation specified by the
-///    immediate integer operand. Returns a [4 x double] vector consisting of
-///    four doubles corresponding to the four comparison results: zero if the
-///    comparison is false, and all 1's if the comparison is true.
+///    immediate integer operand.
+///
+///    Returns a [4 x double] vector consisting of four doubles corresponding to
+///    the four comparison results: zero if the comparison is false, and all 1's
+///    if the comparison is true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1815,9 +1824,11 @@ _mm256_blendv_ps(__m256 __a, __m256 __b, __m256 __c)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding values of two 256-bit vectors of
 ///    [8 x float], using the operation specified by the immediate integer
-///    operand. Returns a [8 x float] vector consisting of eight floats
-///    corresponding to the eight comparison results: zero if the comparison is
-///    false, and all 1's if the comparison is true.
+///    operand.
+///
+///    Returns a [8 x float] vector consisting of eight floats corresponding to
+///    the eight comparison results: zero if the comparison is false, and all
+///    1's if the comparison is true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1873,8 +1884,10 @@ _mm256_blendv_ps(__m256 __a, __m256 __b, __m256 __c)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding scalar double-precision values of
 ///    two 128-bit vectors of [2 x double], using the operation specified by the
-///    immediate integer operand. If the result is true, all 64 bits of the
-///    destination vector are set; otherwise they are cleared.
+///    immediate integer operand.
+///
+///    If the result is true, all 64 bits of the destination vector are set;
+///    otherwise they are cleared.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1930,8 +1943,10 @@ _mm256_blendv_ps(__m256 __a, __m256 __b, __m256 __c)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding scalar values of two 128-bit
 ///    vectors of [4 x float], using the operation specified by the immediate
-///    integer operand. If the result is true, all 32 bits of the destination
-///    vector are set; otherwise they are cleared.
+///    integer operand.
+///
+///    If the result is true, all 32 bits of the destination vector are set;
+///    otherwise they are cleared.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -2536,7 +2551,9 @@ _mm256_unpacklo_ps(__m256 __a, __m256 __b)
 /// \brief Given two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double], perform an
 ///    element-by-element comparison of the double-precision element in the
 ///    first source vector and the corresponding element in the second source
-///    vector. The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
+///    vector.
+///
+///    The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of double-precision elements where the
 ///    sign-bits of both elements are 1, the ZF flag is set to 0. Otherwise the
 ///    ZF flag is set to 1. \n
@@ -2563,7 +2580,9 @@ _mm_testz_pd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Given two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double], perform an
 ///    element-by-element comparison of the double-precision element in the
 ///    first source vector and the corresponding element in the second source
-///    vector. The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
+///    vector.
+///
+///    The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of double-precision elements where the
 ///    sign-bits of both elements are 1, the ZF flag is set to 0. Otherwise the
 ///    ZF flag is set to 1. \n
@@ -2590,7 +2609,9 @@ _mm_testc_pd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Given two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double], perform an
 ///    element-by-element comparison of the double-precision element in the
 ///    first source vector and the corresponding element in the second source
-///    vector. The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
+///    vector.
+///
+///    The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of double-precision elements where the
 ///    sign-bits of both elements are 1, the ZF flag is set to 0. Otherwise the
 ///    ZF flag is set to 1. \n
@@ -2618,7 +2639,9 @@ _mm_testnzc_pd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Given two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [4 x float], perform an
 ///    element-by-element comparison of the single-precision element in the
 ///    first source vector and the corresponding element in the second source
-///    vector. The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
+///    vector.
+///
+///    The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of single-precision elements where the
 ///    sign-bits of both elements are 1, the ZF flag is set to 0. Otherwise the
 ///    ZF flag is set to 1. \n
@@ -2645,7 +2668,9 @@ _mm_testz_ps(__m128 __a, __m128 __b)
 /// \brief Given two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [4 x float], perform an
 ///    element-by-element comparison of the single-precision element in the
 ///    first source vector and the corresponding element in the second source
-///    vector. The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
+///    vector.
+///
+///    The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of single-precision elements where the
 ///    sign-bits of both elements are 1, the ZF flag is set to 0. Otherwise the
 ///    ZF flag is set to 1. \n
@@ -2672,7 +2697,9 @@ _mm_testc_ps(__m128 __a, __m128 __b)
 /// \brief Given two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [4 x float], perform an
 ///    element-by-element comparison of the single-precision element in the
 ///    first source vector and the corresponding element in the second source
-///    vector. The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
+///    vector.
+///
+///    The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of single-precision elements where the
 ///    sign-bits of both elements are 1, the ZF flag is set to 0. Otherwise the
 ///    ZF flag is set to 1. \n
@@ -2700,7 +2727,9 @@ _mm_testnzc_ps(__m128 __a, __m128 __b)
 /// \brief Given two 256-bit floating-point vectors of [4 x double], perform an
 ///    element-by-element comparison of the double-precision elements in the
 ///    first source vector and the corresponding elements in the second source
-///    vector. The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
+///    vector.
+///
+///    The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of double-precision elements where the
 ///    sign-bits of both elements are 1, the ZF flag is set to 0. Otherwise the
 ///    ZF flag is set to 1. \n
@@ -2727,7 +2756,9 @@ _mm256_testz_pd(__m256d __a, __m256d __b)
 /// \brief Given two 256-bit floating-point vectors of [4 x double], perform an
 ///    element-by-element comparison of the double-precision elements in the
 ///    first source vector and the corresponding elements in the second source
-///    vector. The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
+///    vector.
+///
+///    The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of double-precision elements where the
 ///    sign-bits of both elements are 1, the ZF flag is set to 0. Otherwise the
 ///    ZF flag is set to 1. \n
@@ -2754,7 +2785,9 @@ _mm256_testc_pd(__m256d __a, __m256d __b)
 /// \brief Given two 256-bit floating-point vectors of [4 x double], perform an
 ///    element-by-element comparison of the double-precision elements in the
 ///    first source vector and the corresponding elements in the second source
-///    vector. The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
+///    vector.
+///
+///    The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of double-precision elements where the
 ///    sign-bits of both elements are 1, the ZF flag is set to 0. Otherwise the
 ///    ZF flag is set to 1. \n
@@ -2782,7 +2815,9 @@ _mm256_testnzc_pd(__m256d __a, __m256d __b)
 /// \brief Given two 256-bit floating-point vectors of [8 x float], perform an
 ///    element-by-element comparison of the single-precision element in the
 ///    first source vector and the corresponding element in the second source
-///    vector. The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
+///    vector.
+///
+///    The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of single-precision elements where the
 ///    sign-bits of both elements are 1, the ZF flag is set to 0. Otherwise the
 ///    ZF flag is set to 1. \n
@@ -2809,7 +2844,9 @@ _mm256_testz_ps(__m256 __a, __m256 __b)
 /// \brief Given two 256-bit floating-point vectors of [8 x float], perform an
 ///    element-by-element comparison of the single-precision element in the
 ///    first source vector and the corresponding element in the second source
-///    vector. The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
+///    vector.
+///
+///    The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of single-precision elements where the
 ///    sign-bits of both elements are 1, the ZF flag is set to 0. Otherwise the
 ///    ZF flag is set to 1. \n
@@ -2836,7 +2873,9 @@ _mm256_testc_ps(__m256 __a, __m256 __b)
 /// \brief Given two 256-bit floating-point vectors of [8 x float], perform an
 ///    element-by-element comparison of the single-precision elements in the
 ///    first source vector and the corresponding elements in the second source
-///    vector. The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
+///    vector.
+///
+///    The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of single-precision elements where the
 ///    sign-bits of both elements are 1, the ZF flag is set to 0. Otherwise the
 ///    ZF flag is set to 1. \n
@@ -2862,7 +2901,9 @@ _mm256_testnzc_ps(__m256 __a, __m256 __b)
 }
 
 /// \brief Given two 256-bit integer vectors, perform a bit-by-bit comparison
-///    of the two source vectors and update the EFLAGS register as follows: \n
+///    of the two source vectors.
+///
+///    The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of bits where both bits are 1, the ZF flag
 ///    is set to 0. Otherwise the ZF flag is set to 1. \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of bits where the bit from the first source
@@ -2886,7 +2927,9 @@ _mm256_testz_si256(__m256i __a, __m256i __b)
 }
 
 /// \brief Given two 256-bit integer vectors, perform a bit-by-bit comparison
-///    of the two source vectors and update the EFLAGS register as follows: \n
+///    of the two source vectors.
+///
+///    The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of bits where both bits are 1, the ZF flag
 ///    is set to 0. Otherwise the ZF flag is set to 1. \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of bits where the bit from the first source
@@ -2910,7 +2953,9 @@ _mm256_testc_si256(__m256i __a, __m256i __b)
 }
 
 /// \brief Given two 256-bit integer vectors, perform a bit-by-bit comparison
-///    of the two source vectors and update the EFLAGS register as follows: \n
+///    of the two source vectors.
+///
+///    The EFLAGS register is updated as follows: \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of bits where both bits are 1, the ZF flag
 ///    is set to 0. Otherwise the ZF flag is set to 1. \n
 ///    If there is at least one pair of bits where the bit from the first source
@@ -4466,9 +4511,10 @@ _mm256_castsi256_si128(__m256i __a)
 }
 
 /// \brief Constructs a 256-bit floating-point vector of [4 x double] from a
-///    128-bit floating-point vector of [2 x double]. The lower 128 bits
-///    contain the value of the source vector. The contents of the upper 128
-///    bits are undefined.
+///    128-bit floating-point vector of [2 x double].
+///
+///    The lower 128 bits contain the value of the source vector. The contents
+///    of the upper 128 bits are undefined.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -4486,9 +4532,10 @@ _mm256_castpd128_pd256(__m128d __a)
 }
 
 /// \brief Constructs a 256-bit floating-point vector of [8 x float] from a
-///    128-bit floating-point vector of [4 x float]. The lower 128 bits contain
-///    the value of the source vector. The contents of the upper 128 bits are
-///    undefined.
+///    128-bit floating-point vector of [4 x float].
+///
+///    The lower 128 bits contain the value of the source vector. The contents
+///    of the upper 128 bits are undefined.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -4506,6 +4553,7 @@ _mm256_castps128_ps256(__m128 __a)
 }
 
 /// \brief Constructs a 256-bit integer vector from a 128-bit integer vector.
+///
 ///    The lower 128 bits contain the value of the source vector. The contents
 ///    of the upper 128 bits are undefined.
 ///
@@ -4586,8 +4634,10 @@ _mm256_zextsi128_si256(__m128i __a)
 /// \brief Constructs a new 256-bit vector of [8 x float] by first duplicating
 ///    a 256-bit vector of [8 x float] given in the first parameter, and then
 ///    replacing either the upper or the lower 128 bits with the contents of a
-///    128-bit vector of [4 x float] in the second parameter. The immediate
-///    integer parameter determines between the upper or the lower 128 bits.
+///    128-bit vector of [4 x float] in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The immediate integer parameter determines between the upper or the lower
+///    128 bits.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -4631,8 +4681,10 @@ _mm256_zextsi128_si256(__m128i __a)
 /// \brief Constructs a new 256-bit vector of [4 x double] by first duplicating
 ///    a 256-bit vector of [4 x double] given in the first parameter, and then
 ///    replacing either the upper or the lower 128 bits with the contents of a
-///    128-bit vector of [2 x double] in the second parameter. The immediate
-///    integer parameter determines between the upper or the lower 128 bits.
+///    128-bit vector of [2 x double] in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The immediate integer parameter determines between the upper or the lower
+///    128 bits.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -4672,8 +4724,10 @@ _mm256_zextsi128_si256(__m128i __a)
 /// \brief Constructs a new 256-bit integer vector by first duplicating a
 ///    256-bit integer vector given in the first parameter, and then replacing
 ///    either the upper or the lower 128 bits with the contents of a 128-bit
-///    integer vector in the second parameter. The immediate integer parameter
-///    determines between the upper or the lower 128 bits.
+///    integer vector in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The immediate integer parameter determines between the upper or the lower
+///    128 bits.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
diff --git a/lib/Headers/emmintrin.h b/lib/Headers/emmintrin.h
index 13b0db22ec44..fa5cefadc52c 100644
--- a/lib/Headers/emmintrin.h
+++ b/lib/Headers/emmintrin.h
@@ -462,8 +462,9 @@ _mm_cmplt_pd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding double-precision values of the
 ///    128-bit vectors of [2 x double] to determine if the values in the first
-///    operand are less than or equal to those in the second operand. Each
-///    comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    operand are less than or equal to those in the second operand.
+///
+///    Each comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -482,8 +483,9 @@ _mm_cmple_pd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding double-precision values of the
 ///    128-bit vectors of [2 x double] to determine if the values in the first
-///    operand are greater than those in the second operand. Each comparison
-///    yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    operand are greater than those in the second operand.
+///
+///    Each comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -502,8 +504,9 @@ _mm_cmpgt_pd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding double-precision values of the
 ///    128-bit vectors of [2 x double] to determine if the values in the first
-///    operand are greater than or equal to those in the second operand. Each
-///    comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    operand are greater than or equal to those in the second operand.
+///
+///    Each comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -522,9 +525,10 @@ _mm_cmpge_pd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding double-precision values of the
 ///    128-bit vectors of [2 x double] to determine if the values in the first
-///    operand are ordered with respect to those in the second operand. A pair
-///    of double-precision values are "ordered" with respect to each other if
-///    neither value is a NaN. Each comparison yields 0h for false,
+///    operand are ordered with respect to those in the second operand.
+///
+///    A pair of double-precision values are "ordered" with respect to each
+///    other if neither value is a NaN. Each comparison yields 0h for false,
 ///    FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
@@ -544,9 +548,10 @@ _mm_cmpord_pd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding double-precision values of the
 ///    128-bit vectors of [2 x double] to determine if the values in the first
-///    operand are unordered with respect to those in the second operand. A pair
-///    of double-precision values are "unordered" with respect to each other if
-///    one or both values are NaN. Each comparison yields 0h for false,
+///    operand are unordered with respect to those in the second operand.
+///
+///    A pair of double-precision values are "unordered" with respect to each
+///    other if one or both values are NaN. Each comparison yields 0h for false,
 ///    FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
@@ -567,8 +572,9 @@ _mm_cmpunord_pd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding double-precision values of the
 ///    128-bit vectors of [2 x double] to determine if the values in the first
-///    operand are unequal to those in the second operand. Each comparison
-///    yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    operand are unequal to those in the second operand.
+///
+///    Each comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -587,8 +593,9 @@ _mm_cmpneq_pd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding double-precision values of the
 ///    128-bit vectors of [2 x double] to determine if the values in the first
-///    operand are not less than those in the second operand. Each comparison
-///    yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    operand are not less than those in the second operand.
+///
+///    Each comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -607,8 +614,9 @@ _mm_cmpnlt_pd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding double-precision values of the
 ///    128-bit vectors of [2 x double] to determine if the values in the first
-///    operand are not less than or equal to those in the second operand. Each
-///    comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    operand are not less than or equal to those in the second operand.
+///
+///    Each comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -627,8 +635,9 @@ _mm_cmpnle_pd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding double-precision values of the
 ///    128-bit vectors of [2 x double] to determine if the values in the first
-///    operand are not greater than those in the second operand. Each
-///    comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    operand are not greater than those in the second operand.
+///
+///    Each comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -648,6 +657,7 @@ _mm_cmpngt_pd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding double-precision values of the
 ///    128-bit vectors of [2 x double] to determine if the values in the first
 ///    operand are not greater than or equal to those in the second operand.
+///
 ///    Each comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
@@ -666,8 +676,9 @@ _mm_cmpnge_pd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 }
 
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
-///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] for equality. The
-///    comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] for equality.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -690,8 +701,9 @@ _mm_cmpeq_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is less than the corresponding value in
-///    the second parameter. The comparison yields 0h for false,
-///    FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -714,8 +726,9 @@ _mm_cmplt_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is less than or equal to the
-///    corresponding value in the second parameter. The comparison yields 0h for
-///    false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    corresponding value in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -738,8 +751,9 @@ _mm_cmple_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is greater than the corresponding value
-///    in the second parameter. The comparison yields 0h for false,
-///    FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -763,8 +777,9 @@ _mm_cmpgt_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is greater than or equal to the
-///    corresponding value in the second parameter. The comparison yields 0h for
-///    false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    corresponding value in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -788,9 +803,11 @@ _mm_cmpge_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is "ordered" with respect to the
-///    corresponding value in the second parameter. The comparison yields 0h for
-///    false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true. A pair of double-precision values are
-///    "ordered" with respect to each other if neither value is a NaN.
+///    corresponding value in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true. A pair of
+///    double-precision values are "ordered" with respect to each other if
+///    neither value is a NaN.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -813,9 +830,11 @@ _mm_cmpord_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is "unordered" with respect to the
-///    corresponding value in the second parameter. The comparison yields 0h
-///    for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true. A pair of double-precision values
-///    are "unordered" with respect to each other if one or both values are NaN.
+///    corresponding value in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true. A pair of
+///    double-precision values are "unordered" with respect to each other if one
+///    or both values are NaN.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -839,8 +858,9 @@ _mm_cmpunord_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is unequal to the corresponding value in
-///    the second parameter. The comparison yields 0h for false,
-///    FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -863,8 +883,9 @@ _mm_cmpneq_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is not less than the corresponding
-///    value in the second parameter. The comparison yields 0h for false,
-///    FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    value in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -887,8 +908,9 @@ _mm_cmpnlt_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is not less than or equal to the
-///    corresponding value in the second parameter. The comparison yields 0h
-///    for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    corresponding value in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -911,8 +933,9 @@ _mm_cmpnle_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is not greater than the corresponding
-///    value in the second parameter. The comparison yields 0h for false,
-///    FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    value in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -936,8 +959,9 @@ _mm_cmpngt_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is not greater than or equal to the
-///    corresponding value in the second parameter. The comparison yields 0h
-///    for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    corresponding value in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -982,7 +1006,9 @@ _mm_comieq_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is less than the corresponding value in
-///    the second parameter. The comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true.
+///    the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1004,8 +1030,9 @@ _mm_comilt_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is less than or equal to the
-///    corresponding value in the second parameter. The comparison yields 0 for
-///    false, 1 for true.
+///    corresponding value in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1027,7 +1054,9 @@ _mm_comile_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is greater than the corresponding value
-///    in the second parameter. The comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true.
+///    in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1049,8 +1078,9 @@ _mm_comigt_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is greater than or equal to the
-///    corresponding value in the second parameter. The comparison yields 0 for
-///    false, 1 for true.
+///    corresponding value in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1072,7 +1102,9 @@ _mm_comige_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is unequal to the corresponding value in
-///    the second parameter. The comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true.
+///    the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1093,8 +1125,9 @@ _mm_comineq_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] for equality. The
-///    comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true. If either of the two lower
-///    double-precision values is NaN, 1 is returned.
+///    comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true.
+///
+///    If either of the two lower double-precision values is NaN, 1 is returned.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1117,8 +1150,10 @@ _mm_ucomieq_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is less than the corresponding value in
-///    the second parameter. The comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true. If
-///    either of the two lower double-precision values is NaN, 1 is returned.
+///    the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true. If either of the two lower
+///    double-precision values is NaN, 1 is returned.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1141,9 +1176,10 @@ _mm_ucomilt_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is less than or equal to the
-///    corresponding value in the second parameter. The comparison yields 0 for
-///    false, 1 for true. If either of the two lower double-precision values is
-///    NaN, 1 is returned.
+///    corresponding value in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true. If either of the two lower
+///    double-precision values is NaN, 1 is returned.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1166,8 +1202,10 @@ _mm_ucomile_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is greater than the corresponding value
-///    in the second parameter. The comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true.
-///    If either of the two lower double-precision values is NaN, 0 is returned.
+///    in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true. If either of the two lower
+///    double-precision values is NaN, 0 is returned.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1190,9 +1228,10 @@ _mm_ucomigt_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is greater than or equal to the
-///    corresponding value in the second parameter. The comparison yields 0 for
-///    false, 1 for true.  If either of the two lower double-precision values
-///    is NaN, 0 is returned.
+///    corresponding value in the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true.  If either of the two
+///    lower double-precision values is NaN, 0 is returned.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1215,8 +1254,10 @@ _mm_ucomige_sd(__m128d __a, __m128d __b)
 /// \brief Compares the lower double-precision floating-point values in each of
 ///    the two 128-bit floating-point vectors of [2 x double] to determine if
 ///    the value in the first parameter is unequal to the corresponding value in
-///    the second parameter. The comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true. If
-///    either of the two lower double-precision values is NaN, 0 is returned.
+///    the second parameter.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0 for false, 1 for true. If either of the two lower
+///    double-precision values is NaN, 0 is returned.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1278,8 +1319,9 @@ _mm_cvtps_pd(__m128 __a)
 
 /// \brief Converts the lower two integer elements of a 128-bit vector of
 ///    [4 x i32] into two double-precision floating-point values, returned in a
-///    128-bit vector of [2 x double]. The upper two elements of the input
-///    vector are unused.
+///    128-bit vector of [2 x double].
+///
+///    The upper two elements of the input vector are unused.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1287,7 +1329,9 @@ _mm_cvtps_pd(__m128 __a)
 ///
 /// \param __a
 ///    A 128-bit integer vector of [4 x i32]. The lower two integer elements are
-///    converted to double-precision values. The upper two elements are unused.
+///    converted to double-precision values.
+///
+///    The upper two elements are unused.
 /// \returns A 128-bit vector of [2 x double] containing the converted values.
 static __inline__ __m128d __DEFAULT_FN_ATTRS
 _mm_cvtepi32_pd(__m128i __a)
@@ -1409,10 +1453,11 @@ _mm_cvtss_sd(__m128d __a, __m128 __b)
 
 /// \brief Converts the two double-precision floating-point elements of a
 ///    128-bit vector of [2 x double] into two signed 32-bit integer values,
-///    returned in the lower 64 bits of a 128-bit vector of [4 x i32]. If the
-///    result of either conversion is inexact, the result is truncated (rounded
-///    towards zero) regardless of the current MXCSR setting. The upper 64 bits
-///    of the result vector are set to zero.
+///    returned in the lower 64 bits of a 128-bit vector of [4 x i32].
+///
+///    If the result of either conversion is inexact, the result is truncated
+///    (rounded towards zero) regardless of the current MXCSR setting. The upper
+///    64 bits of the result vector are set to zero.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1466,9 +1511,10 @@ _mm_cvtpd_pi32(__m128d __a)
 
 /// \brief Converts the two double-precision floating-point elements of a
 ///    128-bit vector of [2 x double] into two signed 32-bit integer values,
-///    returned in a 64-bit vector of [2 x i32]. If the result of either
-///    conversion is inexact, the result is truncated (rounded towards zero)
-///    regardless of the current MXCSR setting.
+///    returned in a 64-bit vector of [2 x i32].
+///
+///    If the result of either conversion is inexact, the result is truncated
+///    (rounded towards zero) regardless of the current MXCSR setting.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1980,8 +2026,9 @@ _mm_storel_pd(double *__dp, __m128d __a)
 
 /// \brief Adds the corresponding elements of two 128-bit vectors of [16 x i8],
 ///    saving the lower 8 bits of each sum in the corresponding element of a
-///    128-bit result vector of [16 x i8]. The integer elements of both
-///    parameters can be either signed or unsigned.
+///    128-bit result vector of [16 x i8].
+///
+///    The integer elements of both parameters can be either signed or unsigned.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -2001,8 +2048,9 @@ _mm_add_epi8(__m128i __a, __m128i __b)
 
 /// \brief Adds the corresponding elements of two 128-bit vectors of [8 x i16],
 ///    saving the lower 16 bits of each sum in the corresponding element of a
-///    128-bit result vector of [8 x i16]. The integer elements of both
-///    parameters can be either signed or unsigned.
+///    128-bit result vector of [8 x i16].
+///
+///    The integer elements of both parameters can be either signed or unsigned.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -2022,8 +2070,9 @@ _mm_add_epi16(__m128i __a, __m128i __b)
 
 /// \brief Adds the corresponding elements of two 128-bit vectors of [4 x i32],
 ///    saving the lower 32 bits of each sum in the corresponding element of a
-///    128-bit result vector of [4 x i32]. The integer elements of both
-///    parameters can be either signed or unsigned.
+///    128-bit result vector of [4 x i32].
+///
+///    The integer elements of both parameters can be either signed or unsigned.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -2061,8 +2110,9 @@ _mm_add_si64(__m64 __a, __m64 __b)
 
 /// \brief Adds the corresponding elements of two 128-bit vectors of [2 x i64],
 ///    saving the lower 64 bits of each sum in the corresponding element of a
-///    128-bit result vector of [2 x i64]. The integer elements of both
-///    parameters can be either signed or unsigned.
+///    128-bit result vector of [2 x i64].
+///
+///    The integer elements of both parameters can be either signed or unsigned.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -2208,10 +2258,12 @@ _mm_avg_epu16(__m128i __a, __m128i __b)
 /// \brief Multiplies the corresponding elements of two 128-bit signed [8 x i16]
 ///    vectors, producing eight intermediate 32-bit signed integer products, and
 ///    adds the consecutive pairs of 32-bit products to form a 128-bit signed
-///    [4 x i32] vector. For example, bits [15:0] of both parameters are
-///    multiplied producing a 32-bit product, bits [31:16] of both parameters
-///    are multiplied producing a 32-bit product, and the sum of those two
-///    products becomes bits [31:0] of the result.
+///    [4 x i32] vector.
+///
+///    For example, bits [15:0] of both parameters are multiplied producing a
+///    32-bit product, bits [31:16] of both parameters are multiplied producing
+///    a 32-bit product, and the sum of those two products becomes bits [31:0]
+///    of the result.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -3146,8 +3198,9 @@ _mm_cmpgt_epi8(__m128i __a, __m128i __b)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding signed 16-bit values of the
 ///    128-bit integer vectors to determine if the values in the first operand
-///    are greater than those in the second operand. Each comparison yields 0h
-///    for false, FFFFh for true.
+///    are greater than those in the second operand.
+///
+///    Each comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -3166,8 +3219,9 @@ _mm_cmpgt_epi16(__m128i __a, __m128i __b)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding signed 32-bit values of the
 ///    128-bit integer vectors to determine if the values in the first operand
-///    are greater than those in the second operand. Each comparison yields 0h
-///    for false, FFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    are greater than those in the second operand.
+///
+///    Each comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -3186,8 +3240,9 @@ _mm_cmpgt_epi32(__m128i __a, __m128i __b)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding signed 8-bit values of the 128-bit
 ///    integer vectors to determine if the values in the first operand are less
-///    than those in the second operand. Each comparison yields 0h for false,
-///    FFh for true.
+///    than those in the second operand.
+///
+///    Each comparison yields 0h for false, FFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -3206,8 +3261,9 @@ _mm_cmplt_epi8(__m128i __a, __m128i __b)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding signed 16-bit values of the
 ///    128-bit integer vectors to determine if the values in the first operand
-///    are less than those in the second operand. Each comparison yields 0h for
-///    false, FFFFh for true.
+///    are less than those in the second operand.
+///
+///    Each comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -3226,8 +3282,9 @@ _mm_cmplt_epi16(__m128i __a, __m128i __b)
 
 /// \brief Compares each of the corresponding signed 32-bit values of the
 ///    128-bit integer vectors to determine if the values in the first operand
-///    are less than those in the second operand. Each comparison yields 0h for
-///    false, FFFFFFFFh for true.
+///    are less than those in the second operand.
+///
+///    Each comparison yields 0h for false, FFFFFFFFh for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -3925,10 +3982,11 @@ _mm_storeu_si128(__m128i *__p, __m128i __b)
 
 /// \brief Moves bytes selected by the mask from the first operand to the
 ///    specified unaligned memory location. When a mask bit is 1, the
-///    corresponding byte is written, otherwise it is not written. To minimize
-///    caching, the date is flagged as non-temporal (unlikely to be used again
-///    soon). Exception and trap behavior for elements not selected for storage
-///    to memory are implementation dependent.
+///    corresponding byte is written, otherwise it is not written.
+///
+///    To minimize caching, the date is flagged as non-temporal (unlikely to be
+///    used again soon). Exception and trap behavior for elements not selected
+///    for storage to memory are implementation dependent.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -3972,8 +4030,10 @@ _mm_storel_epi64(__m128i *__p, __m128i __a)
 }
 
 /// \brief Stores a 128-bit floating point vector of [2 x double] to a 128-bit
-///    aligned memory location. To minimize caching, the data is flagged as
-///    non-temporal (unlikely to be used again soon).
+///    aligned memory location.
+///
+///    To minimize caching, the data is flagged as non-temporal (unlikely to be
+///    used again soon).
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -3990,6 +4050,7 @@ _mm_stream_pd(double *__p, __m128d __a)
 }
 
 /// \brief Stores a 128-bit integer vector to a 128-bit aligned memory location.
+///
 ///    To minimize caching, the data is flagged as non-temporal (unlikely to be
 ///    used again soon).
 ///
@@ -4007,8 +4068,9 @@ _mm_stream_si128(__m128i *__p, __m128i __a)
   __builtin_nontemporal_store((__v2di)__a, (__v2di*)__p);
 }
 
-/// \brief Stores a 32-bit integer value in the specified memory location. To
-///    minimize caching, the data is flagged as non-temporal (unlikely to be
+/// \brief Stores a 32-bit integer value in the specified memory location.
+///
+///    To minimize caching, the data is flagged as non-temporal (unlikely to be
 ///    used again soon).
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
@@ -4026,8 +4088,9 @@ _mm_stream_si32(int *__p, int __a)
 }
 
 #ifdef __x86_64__
-/// \brief Stores a 64-bit integer value in the specified memory location. To
-///    minimize caching, the data is flagged as non-temporal (unlikely to be
+/// \brief Stores a 64-bit integer value in the specified memory location.
+///
+///    To minimize caching, the data is flagged as non-temporal (unlikely to be
 ///    used again soon).
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
diff --git a/lib/Headers/intrin.h b/lib/Headers/intrin.h
index 38d9407abed9..881d05c0d164 100644
--- a/lib/Headers/intrin.h
+++ b/lib/Headers/intrin.h
@@ -85,9 +85,6 @@ void __inwordstring(unsigned short, unsigned short *, unsigned long);
 void __lidt(void *);
 unsigned __int64 __ll_lshift(unsigned __int64, int);
 __int64 __ll_rshift(__int64, int);
-void __llwpcb(void *);
-unsigned char __lwpins32(unsigned int, unsigned int, unsigned int);
-void __lwpval32(unsigned int, unsigned int, unsigned int);
 unsigned int __lzcnt(unsigned int);
 unsigned short __lzcnt16(unsigned short);
 static __inline__
@@ -126,7 +123,6 @@ unsigned __int64 __readmsr(unsigned long);
 unsigned __int64 __readpmc(unsigned long);
 unsigned long __segmentlimit(unsigned long);
 void __sidt(void *);
-void *__slwpcb(void);
 static __inline__
 void __stosb(unsigned char *, unsigned char, size_t);
 static __inline__
@@ -227,8 +223,6 @@ void __incgsbyte(unsigned long);
 void __incgsdword(unsigned long);
 void __incgsqword(unsigned long);
 void __incgsword(unsigned long);
-unsigned char __lwpins64(unsigned __int64, unsigned int, unsigned int);
-void __lwpval64(unsigned __int64, unsigned int, unsigned int);
 unsigned __int64 __lzcnt64(unsigned __int64);
 static __inline__
 void __movsq(unsigned long long *, unsigned long long const *, size_t);
diff --git a/lib/Headers/mmintrin.h b/lib/Headers/mmintrin.h
index 2b3618398cbf..5a7968bec842 100644
--- a/lib/Headers/mmintrin.h
+++ b/lib/Headers/mmintrin.h
@@ -608,10 +608,11 @@ _mm_subs_pi16(__m64 __m1, __m64 __m2)
 
 /// \brief Subtracts each 8-bit unsigned integer element of the second 64-bit
 ///    integer vector of [8 x i8] from the corresponding 8-bit unsigned integer
-///    element of the first 64-bit integer vector of [8 x i8]. If an element of
-///    the first vector is less than the corresponding element of the second
-///    vector, the result is saturated to 0. The results are packed into a
-///    64-bit integer vector of [8 x i8].
+///    element of the first 64-bit integer vector of [8 x i8].
+///
+///    If an element of the first vector is less than the corresponding element
+///    of the second vector, the result is saturated to 0. The results are
+///    packed into a 64-bit integer vector of [8 x i8].
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -631,10 +632,11 @@ _mm_subs_pu8(__m64 __m1, __m64 __m2)
 
 /// \brief Subtracts each 16-bit unsigned integer element of the second 64-bit
 ///    integer vector of [4 x i16] from the corresponding 16-bit unsigned
-///    integer element of the first 64-bit integer vector of [4 x i16]. If an
-///    element of the first vector is less than the corresponding element of the
-///    second vector, the result is saturated to 0. The results are packed into
-///    a 64-bit integer vector of [4 x i16].
+///    integer element of the first 64-bit integer vector of [4 x i16].
+///
+///    If an element of the first vector is less than the corresponding element
+///    of the second vector, the result is saturated to 0. The results are
+///    packed into a 64-bit integer vector of [4 x i16].
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -657,9 +659,11 @@ _mm_subs_pu16(__m64 __m1, __m64 __m2)
 ///    element of the second 64-bit integer vector of [4 x i16] and get four
 ///    32-bit products. Adds adjacent pairs of products to get two 32-bit sums.
 ///    The lower 32 bits of these two sums are packed into a 64-bit integer
-///    vector of [2 x i32]. For example, bits [15:0] of both parameters are
-///    multiplied, bits [31:16] of both parameters are multiplied, and the sum
-///    of both results is written to bits [31:0] of the result.
+///    vector of [2 x i32].
+///
+///    For example, bits [15:0] of both parameters are multiplied, bits [31:16]
+///    of both parameters are multiplied, and the sum of both results is written
+///    to bits [31:0] of the result.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -851,10 +855,11 @@ _mm_slli_si64(__m64 __m, int __count)
 
 /// \brief Right-shifts each 16-bit integer element of the first parameter,
 ///    which is a 64-bit integer vector of [4 x i16], by the number of bits
-///    specified by the second parameter, which is a 64-bit integer. High-order
-///    bits are filled with the sign bit of the initial value of each 16-bit
-///    element. The 16-bit results are packed into a 64-bit integer vector of
-///    [4 x i16].
+///    specified by the second parameter, which is a 64-bit integer.
+///
+///    High-order bits are filled with the sign bit of the initial value of each
+///    16-bit element. The 16-bit results are packed into a 64-bit integer
+///    vector of [4 x i16].
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -874,6 +879,7 @@ _mm_sra_pi16(__m64 __m, __m64 __count)
 
 /// \brief Right-shifts each 16-bit integer element of a 64-bit integer vector
 ///    of [4 x i16] by the number of bits specified by a 32-bit integer.
+///
 ///    High-order bits are filled with the sign bit of the initial value of each
 ///    16-bit element. The 16-bit results are packed into a 64-bit integer
 ///    vector of [4 x i16].
@@ -896,10 +902,11 @@ _mm_srai_pi16(__m64 __m, int __count)
 
 /// \brief Right-shifts each 32-bit integer element of the first parameter,
 ///    which is a 64-bit integer vector of [2 x i32], by the number of bits
-///    specified by the second parameter, which is a 64-bit integer. High-order
-///    bits are filled with the sign bit of the initial value of each 32-bit
-///    element. The 32-bit results are packed into a 64-bit integer vector of
-///    [2 x i32].
+///    specified by the second parameter, which is a 64-bit integer.
+///
+///    High-order bits are filled with the sign bit of the initial value of each
+///    32-bit element. The 32-bit results are packed into a 64-bit integer
+///    vector of [2 x i32].
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -919,6 +926,7 @@ _mm_sra_pi32(__m64 __m, __m64 __count)
 
 /// \brief Right-shifts each 32-bit integer element of a 64-bit integer vector
 ///    of [2 x i32] by the number of bits specified by a 32-bit integer.
+///
 ///    High-order bits are filled with the sign bit of the initial value of each
 ///    32-bit element. The 32-bit results are packed into a 64-bit integer
 ///    vector of [2 x i32].
@@ -941,9 +949,10 @@ _mm_srai_pi32(__m64 __m, int __count)
 
 /// \brief Right-shifts each 16-bit integer element of the first parameter,
 ///    which is a 64-bit integer vector of [4 x i16], by the number of bits
-///    specified by the second parameter, which is a 64-bit integer. High-order
-///    bits are cleared. The 16-bit results are packed into a 64-bit integer
-///    vector of [4 x i16].
+///    specified by the second parameter, which is a 64-bit integer.
+///
+///    High-order bits are cleared. The 16-bit results are packed into a 64-bit
+///    integer vector of [4 x i16].
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -963,6 +972,7 @@ _mm_srl_pi16(__m64 __m, __m64 __count)
 
 /// \brief Right-shifts each 16-bit integer element of a 64-bit integer vector
 ///    of [4 x i16] by the number of bits specified by a 32-bit integer.
+///
 ///    High-order bits are cleared. The 16-bit results are packed into a 64-bit
 ///    integer vector of [4 x i16].
 ///
@@ -984,9 +994,10 @@ _mm_srli_pi16(__m64 __m, int __count)
 
 /// \brief Right-shifts each 32-bit integer element of the first parameter,
 ///    which is a 64-bit integer vector of [2 x i32], by the number of bits
-///    specified by the second parameter, which is a 64-bit integer. High-order
-///    bits are cleared. The 32-bit results are packed into a 64-bit integer
-///    vector of [2 x i32].
+///    specified by the second parameter, which is a 64-bit integer.
+///
+///    High-order bits are cleared. The 32-bit results are packed into a 64-bit
+///    integer vector of [2 x i32].
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1006,6 +1017,7 @@ _mm_srl_pi32(__m64 __m, __m64 __count)
 
 /// \brief Right-shifts each 32-bit integer element of a 64-bit integer vector
 ///    of [2 x i32] by the number of bits specified by a 32-bit integer.
+///
 ///    High-order bits are cleared. The 32-bit results are packed into a 64-bit
 ///    integer vector of [2 x i32].
 ///
@@ -1026,8 +1038,9 @@ _mm_srli_pi32(__m64 __m, int __count)
 }
 
 /// \brief Right-shifts the first 64-bit integer parameter by the number of bits
-///    specified by the second 64-bit integer parameter. High-order bits are
-///    cleared.
+///    specified by the second 64-bit integer parameter.
+///
+///    High-order bits are cleared.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1046,7 +1059,9 @@ _mm_srl_si64(__m64 __m, __m64 __count)
 
 /// \brief Right-shifts the first parameter, which is a 64-bit integer, by the
 ///    number of bits specified by the second parameter, which is a 32-bit
-///    integer. High-order bits are cleared.
+///    integer.
+///
+///    High-order bits are cleared.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1140,8 +1155,9 @@ _mm_xor_si64(__m64 __m1, __m64 __m2)
 
 /// \brief Compares the 8-bit integer elements of two 64-bit integer vectors of
 ///    [8 x i8] to determine if the element of the first vector is equal to the
-///    corresponding element of the second vector. The comparison yields 0 for
-///    false, 0xFF for true.
+///    corresponding element of the second vector.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0 for false, 0xFF for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1161,8 +1177,9 @@ _mm_cmpeq_pi8(__m64 __m1, __m64 __m2)
 
 /// \brief Compares the 16-bit integer elements of two 64-bit integer vectors of
 ///    [4 x i16] to determine if the element of the first vector is equal to the
-///    corresponding element of the second vector. The comparison yields 0 for
-///    false, 0xFFFF for true.
+///    corresponding element of the second vector.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0 for false, 0xFFFF for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1182,8 +1199,9 @@ _mm_cmpeq_pi16(__m64 __m1, __m64 __m2)
 
 /// \brief Compares the 32-bit integer elements of two 64-bit integer vectors of
 ///    [2 x i32] to determine if the element of the first vector is equal to the
-///    corresponding element of the second vector. The comparison yields 0 for
-///    false, 0xFFFFFFFF for true.
+///    corresponding element of the second vector.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0 for false, 0xFFFFFFFF for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1203,8 +1221,9 @@ _mm_cmpeq_pi32(__m64 __m1, __m64 __m2)
 
 /// \brief Compares the 8-bit integer elements of two 64-bit integer vectors of
 ///    [8 x i8] to determine if the element of the first vector is greater than
-///    the corresponding element of the second vector. The comparison yields 0
-///    for false, 0xFF for true.
+///    the corresponding element of the second vector.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0 for false, 0xFF for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1224,8 +1243,9 @@ _mm_cmpgt_pi8(__m64 __m1, __m64 __m2)
 
 /// \brief Compares the 16-bit integer elements of two 64-bit integer vectors of
 ///    [4 x i16] to determine if the element of the first vector is greater than
-///    the corresponding element of the second vector. The comparison yields 0
-///    for false, 0xFFFF for true.
+///    the corresponding element of the second vector.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0 for false, 0xFFFF for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -1245,8 +1265,9 @@ _mm_cmpgt_pi16(__m64 __m1, __m64 __m2)
 
 /// \brief Compares the 32-bit integer elements of two 64-bit integer vectors of
 ///    [2 x i32] to determine if the element of the first vector is greater than
-///    the corresponding element of the second vector. The comparison yields 0
-///    for false, 0xFFFFFFFF for true.
+///    the corresponding element of the second vector.
+///
+///    The comparison yields 0 for false, 0xFFFFFFFF for true.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
diff --git a/lib/Headers/opencl-c.h b/lib/Headers/opencl-c.h
index 6452d5c987f0..58c8daf3a536 100644
--- a/lib/Headers/opencl-c.h
+++ b/lib/Headers/opencl-c.h
@@ -14962,6 +14962,7 @@ float __purefn __ovld read_imagef(read_only image2d_array_msaa_depth_t image, in
 #endif //cl_khr_gl_msaa_sharing
 
 // OpenCL Extension v2.0 s9.18 - Mipmaps
+#if __OPENCL_C_VERSION__ >= CL_VERSION_2_0
 #ifdef cl_khr_mipmap_image
 
 float4 __purefn __ovld read_imagef(read_only image1d_t image, sampler_t sampler, float coord, float lod);
@@ -15037,6 +15038,7 @@ int4 __purefn __ovld read_imagei(read_only image3d_t image, sampler_t sampler, f
 uint4 __purefn __ovld read_imageui(read_only image3d_t image, sampler_t sampler, float4 coord, float lod);
 
 #endif //cl_khr_mipmap_image
+#endif //__OPENCL_C_VERSION__ >= CL_VERSION_2_0
 
 /**
 * Sampler-less Image Access
@@ -15135,6 +15137,7 @@ float __purefn __ovld read_imagef(read_write image2d_msaa_depth_t image, int2 co
 float __purefn __ovld read_imagef(read_write image2d_array_msaa_depth_t image, int4 coord, int sample);
 #endif //cl_khr_gl_msaa_sharing
 
+#if __OPENCL_C_VERSION__ >= CL_VERSION_2_0
 #ifdef cl_khr_mipmap_image
 float4 __purefn __ovld read_imagef(read_write image1d_t image, sampler_t sampler, float coord, float lod);
 int4 __purefn __ovld read_imagei(read_write image1d_t image, sampler_t sampler, float coord, float lod);
@@ -15208,6 +15211,7 @@ float4 __purefn __ovld read_imagef(read_write image3d_t image, sampler_t sampler
 int4 __purefn __ovld read_imagei(read_write image3d_t image, sampler_t sampler, float4 coord, float lod);
 uint4 __purefn __ovld read_imageui(read_write image3d_t image, sampler_t sampler, float4 coord, float lod);
 #endif //cl_khr_mipmap_image
+#endif //__OPENCL_C_VERSION__ >= CL_VERSION_2_0
 
 // Image read functions returning half4 type
 #ifdef cl_khr_fp16
@@ -15319,6 +15323,7 @@ void __ovld write_imagef(write_only image2d_array_depth_t image, int4 coord, flo
 #endif //cl_khr_depth_images
 
 // OpenCL Extension v2.0 s9.18 - Mipmaps
+#if __OPENCL_C_VERSION__ >= CL_VERSION_2_0
 #ifdef cl_khr_mipmap_image
 void __ovld write_imagef(write_only image1d_t image, int coord, int lod, float4 color);
 void __ovld write_imagei(write_only image1d_t image, int coord, int lod, int4 color);
@@ -15345,6 +15350,7 @@ void __ovld write_imagei(write_only image3d_t image, int4 coord, int lod, int4 c
 void __ovld write_imageui(write_only image3d_t image, int4 coord, int lod, uint4 color);
 #endif
 #endif //cl_khr_mipmap_image
+#endif //__OPENCL_C_VERSION__ >= CL_VERSION_2_0
 
 // Image write functions for half4 type
 #ifdef cl_khr_fp16
@@ -15391,6 +15397,7 @@ void __ovld write_imagef(read_write image2d_depth_t image, int2 coord, float col
 void __ovld write_imagef(read_write image2d_array_depth_t image, int4 coord, float color);
 #endif //cl_khr_depth_images
 
+#if __OPENCL_C_VERSION__ >= CL_VERSION_2_0
 #ifdef cl_khr_mipmap_image
 void __ovld write_imagef(read_write image1d_t image, int coord, int lod, float4 color);
 void __ovld write_imagei(read_write image1d_t image, int coord, int lod, int4 color);
@@ -15417,6 +15424,7 @@ void __ovld write_imagei(read_write image3d_t image, int4 coord, int lod, int4 c
 void __ovld write_imageui(read_write image3d_t image, int4 coord, int lod, uint4 color);
 #endif
 #endif //cl_khr_mipmap_image
+#endif //__OPENCL_C_VERSION__ >= CL_VERSION_2_0
 
 // Image write functions for half4 type
 #ifdef cl_khr_fp16
@@ -15559,6 +15567,7 @@ int __ovld __cnfn get_image_depth(read_write image3d_t image);
 #endif //__OPENCL_C_VERSION__ >= CL_VERSION_2_0
 
 // OpenCL Extension v2.0 s9.18 - Mipmaps
+#if __OPENCL_C_VERSION__ >= CL_VERSION_2_0
 #ifdef cl_khr_mipmap_image
 /**
  * Return the image miplevels.
@@ -15574,11 +15583,9 @@ int __ovld get_image_num_mip_levels(write_only image2d_t image);
 int __ovld get_image_num_mip_levels(write_only image3d_t image);
 #endif
 
-#if __OPENCL_C_VERSION__ >= CL_VERSION_2_0
 int __ovld get_image_num_mip_levels(read_write image1d_t image);
 int __ovld get_image_num_mip_levels(read_write image2d_t image);
 int __ovld get_image_num_mip_levels(read_write image3d_t image);
-#endif //__OPENCL_C_VERSION__ >= CL_VERSION_2_0
 
 int __ovld get_image_num_mip_levels(read_only image1d_array_t image);
 int __ovld get_image_num_mip_levels(read_only image2d_array_t image);
@@ -15590,14 +15597,13 @@ int __ovld get_image_num_mip_levels(write_only image2d_array_t image);
 int __ovld get_image_num_mip_levels(write_only image2d_array_depth_t image);
 int __ovld get_image_num_mip_levels(write_only image2d_depth_t image);
 
-#if __OPENCL_C_VERSION__ >= CL_VERSION_2_0
 int __ovld get_image_num_mip_levels(read_write image1d_array_t image);
 int __ovld get_image_num_mip_levels(read_write image2d_array_t image);
 int __ovld get_image_num_mip_levels(read_write image2d_array_depth_t image);
 int __ovld get_image_num_mip_levels(read_write image2d_depth_t image);
-#endif //__OPENCL_C_VERSION__ >= CL_VERSION_2_0
 
 #endif //cl_khr_mipmap_image
+#endif //__OPENCL_C_VERSION__ >= CL_VERSION_2_0
 
 /**
  * Return the channel data type. Valid values are:
diff --git a/lib/Headers/pmmintrin.h b/lib/Headers/pmmintrin.h
index a479d9ed2911..559ece2e3974 100644
--- a/lib/Headers/pmmintrin.h
+++ b/lib/Headers/pmmintrin.h
@@ -31,9 +31,11 @@
   __attribute__((__always_inline__, __nodebug__, __target__("sse3")))
 
 /// \brief Loads data from an unaligned memory location to elements in a 128-bit
-///    vector. If the address of the data is not 16-byte aligned, the
-///    instruction may read two adjacent aligned blocks of memory to retrieve
-///    the requested data.
+///    vector.
+///
+///    If the address of the data is not 16-byte aligned, the instruction may
+///    read two adjacent aligned blocks of memory to retrieve the requested
+///    data.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
diff --git a/lib/Headers/prfchwintrin.h b/lib/Headers/prfchwintrin.h
index a3789126ef07..b52f31da2706 100644
--- a/lib/Headers/prfchwintrin.h
+++ b/lib/Headers/prfchwintrin.h
@@ -50,8 +50,10 @@ _m_prefetch(void *__P)
 ///    the L1 data cache and sets the cache-coherency to modified. This
 ///    provides a hint to the processor that the cache line will be modified.
 ///    It is intended for use when the cache line will be written to shortly
-///    after the prefetch is performed. Note that the effect of this intrinsic
-///    is dependent on the processor implementation.
+///    after the prefetch is performed.
+///
+///    Note that the effect of this intrinsic is dependent on the processor
+///    implementation.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
diff --git a/lib/Headers/smmintrin.h b/lib/Headers/smmintrin.h
index 1c94aca69381..c2fa5a452bce 100644
--- a/lib/Headers/smmintrin.h
+++ b/lib/Headers/smmintrin.h
@@ -586,7 +586,9 @@ _mm_mul_epi32 (__m128i __V1, __m128i __V2)
 /* SSE4 Floating Point Dot Product Instructions.  */
 /// \brief Computes the dot product of the two 128-bit vectors of [4 x float]
 ///    and returns it in the elements of the 128-bit result vector of
-///    [4 x float]. The immediate integer operand controls which input elements
+///    [4 x float].
+///
+///    The immediate integer operand controls which input elements
 ///    will contribute to the dot product, and where the final results are
 ///    returned.
 ///
@@ -620,7 +622,9 @@ _mm_mul_epi32 (__m128i __V1, __m128i __V2)
 
 /// \brief Computes the dot product of the two 128-bit vectors of [2 x double]
 ///    and returns it in the elements of the 128-bit result vector of
-///    [2 x double]. The immediate integer operand controls which input
+///    [2 x double].
+///
+///    The immediate integer operand controls which input
 ///    elements will contribute to the dot product, and where the final results
 ///    are returned.
 ///
@@ -875,7 +879,7 @@ _mm_max_epu32 (__m128i __V1, __m128i __V2)
 /// int _mm_extract_ps(__m128 X, const int N);
 /// \endcode
 ///
-/// This intrinsic corresponds to the <c> VEXTRACTPS / EXTRACTPS </c> 
+/// This intrinsic corresponds to the <c> VEXTRACTPS / EXTRACTPS </c>
 /// instruction.
 ///
 /// \param X
diff --git a/lib/Headers/tmmintrin.h b/lib/Headers/tmmintrin.h
index 80664043a06f..042bfc7e3b0d 100644
--- a/lib/Headers/tmmintrin.h
+++ b/lib/Headers/tmmintrin.h
@@ -469,10 +469,11 @@ _mm_hsubs_pi16(__m64 __a, __m64 __b)
 ///    values contained in the first source operand and packed 8-bit signed
 ///    integer values contained in the second source operand, adds pairs of
 ///    contiguous products with signed saturation, and writes the 16-bit sums to
-///    the corresponding bits in the destination. For example, bits [7:0] of
-///    both operands are multiplied, bits [15:8] of both operands are
-///    multiplied, and the sum of both results is written to bits [15:0] of the
-///    destination.
+///    the corresponding bits in the destination.
+///
+///    For example, bits [7:0] of both operands are multiplied, bits [15:8] of
+///    both operands are multiplied, and the sum of both results is written to
+///    bits [15:0] of the destination.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -502,10 +503,11 @@ _mm_maddubs_epi16(__m128i __a, __m128i __b)
 ///    values contained in the first source operand and packed 8-bit signed
 ///    integer values contained in the second source operand, adds pairs of
 ///    contiguous products with signed saturation, and writes the 16-bit sums to
-///    the corresponding bits in the destination. For example, bits [7:0] of
-///    both operands are multiplied, bits [15:8] of both operands are
-///    multiplied, and the sum of both results is written to bits [15:0] of the
-///    destination.
+///    the corresponding bits in the destination.
+///
+///    For example, bits [7:0] of both operands are multiplied, bits [15:8] of
+///    both operands are multiplied, and the sum of both results is written to
+///    bits [15:0] of the destination.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -619,13 +621,14 @@ _mm_shuffle_pi8(__m64 __a, __m64 __b)
 }
 
 /// \brief For each 8-bit integer in the first source operand, perform one of
-///    the following actions as specified by the second source operand: If the
-///    byte in the second source is negative, calculate the two's complement of
-///    the corresponding byte in the first source, and write that value to the
-///    destination. If the byte in the second source is positive, copy the
-///    corresponding byte from the first source to the destination. If the byte
-///    in the second source is zero, clear the corresponding byte in the
-///    destination.
+///    the following actions as specified by the second source operand.
+///
+///    If the byte in the second source is negative, calculate the two's
+///    complement of the corresponding byte in the first source, and write that
+///    value to the destination. If the byte in the second source is positive,
+///    copy the corresponding byte from the first source to the destination. If
+///    the byte in the second source is zero, clear the corresponding byte in
+///    the destination.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -644,13 +647,14 @@ _mm_sign_epi8(__m128i __a, __m128i __b)
 }
 
 /// \brief For each 16-bit integer in the first source operand, perform one of
-///    the following actions as specified by the second source operand: If the
-///    word in the second source is negative, calculate the two's complement of
-///    the corresponding word in the first source, and write that value to the
-///    destination. If the word in the second source is positive, copy the
-///    corresponding word from the first source to the destination. If the word
-///    in the second source is zero, clear the corresponding word in the
-///    destination.
+///    the following actions as specified by the second source operand.
+///
+///    If the word in the second source is negative, calculate the two's
+///    complement of the corresponding word in the first source, and write that
+///    value to the destination. If the word in the second source is positive,
+///    copy the corresponding word from the first source to the destination. If
+///    the word in the second source is zero, clear the corresponding word in
+///    the destination.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -669,8 +673,9 @@ _mm_sign_epi16(__m128i __a, __m128i __b)
 }
 
 /// \brief For each 32-bit integer in the first source operand, perform one of
-///    the following actions as specified by the second source operand: If the
-///    doubleword in the second source is negative, calculate the two's
+///    the following actions as specified by the second source operand.
+///
+///    If the doubleword in the second source is negative, calculate the two's
 ///    complement of the corresponding word in the first source, and write that
 ///    value to the destination. If the doubleword in the second source is
 ///    positive, copy the corresponding word from the first source to the
@@ -694,13 +699,14 @@ _mm_sign_epi32(__m128i __a, __m128i __b)
 }
 
 /// \brief For each 8-bit integer in the first source operand, perform one of
-///    the following actions as specified by the second source operand: If the
-///    byte in the second source is negative, calculate the two's complement of
-///    the corresponding byte in the first source, and write that value to the
-///    destination. If the byte in the second source is positive, copy the
-///    corresponding byte from the first source to the destination. If the byte
-///    in the second source is zero, clear the corresponding byte in the
-///    destination.
+///    the following actions as specified by the second source operand.
+///
+///    If the byte in the second source is negative, calculate the two's
+///    complement of the corresponding byte in the first source, and write that
+///    value to the destination. If the byte in the second source is positive,
+///    copy the corresponding byte from the first source to the destination. If
+///    the byte in the second source is zero, clear the corresponding byte in
+///    the destination.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -719,13 +725,14 @@ _mm_sign_pi8(__m64 __a, __m64 __b)
 }
 
 /// \brief For each 16-bit integer in the first source operand, perform one of
-///    the following actions as specified by the second source operand: If the
-///    word in the second source is negative, calculate the two's complement of
-///    the corresponding word in the first source, and write that value to the
-///    destination. If the word in the second source is positive, copy the
-///    corresponding word from the first source to the destination. If the word
-///    in the second source is zero, clear the corresponding word in the
-///    destination.
+///    the following actions as specified by the second source operand.
+///
+///    If the word in the second source is negative, calculate the two's
+///    complement of the corresponding word in the first source, and write that
+///    value to the destination. If the word in the second source is positive,
+///    copy the corresponding word from the first source to the destination. If
+///    the word in the second source is zero, clear the corresponding word in
+///    the destination.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -744,8 +751,9 @@ _mm_sign_pi16(__m64 __a, __m64 __b)
 }
 
 /// \brief For each 32-bit integer in the first source operand, perform one of
-///    the following actions as specified by the second source operand: If the
-///    doubleword in the second source is negative, calculate the two's
+///    the following actions as specified by the second source operand.
+///
+///    If the doubleword in the second source is negative, calculate the two's
 ///    complement of the corresponding doubleword in the first source, and
 ///    write that value to the destination. If the doubleword in the second
 ///    source is positive, copy the corresponding doubleword from the first
diff --git a/lib/Headers/x86intrin.h b/lib/Headers/x86intrin.h
index ef1d02948c8b..31ee7b82dd53 100644
--- a/lib/Headers/x86intrin.h
+++ b/lib/Headers/x86intrin.h
@@ -88,6 +88,4 @@
 #include <clzerointrin.h>
 #endif
 
-/* FIXME: LWP */
-
 #endif /* __X86INTRIN_H */
diff --git a/lib/Headers/xmmintrin.h b/lib/Headers/xmmintrin.h
index 5c312c08efb6..9773acb840a5 100644
--- a/lib/Headers/xmmintrin.h
+++ b/lib/Headers/xmmintrin.h
@@ -2331,8 +2331,10 @@ _mm_mulhi_pu16(__m64 __a, __m64 __b)
 /// \brief Conditionally copies the values from each 8-bit element in the first
 ///    64-bit integer vector operand to the specified memory location, as
 ///    specified by the most significant bit in the corresponding element in the
-///    second 64-bit integer vector operand. To minimize caching, the data is
-///    flagged as non-temporal (unlikely to be used again soon).
+///    second 64-bit integer vector operand.
+///
+///    To minimize caching, the data is flagged as non-temporal
+///    (unlikely to be used again soon).
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -2815,11 +2817,12 @@ _mm_cvtpi32x2_ps(__m64 __a, __m64 __b)
 
 /// \brief Converts each single-precision floating-point element of a 128-bit
 ///    floating-point vector of [4 x float] into a 16-bit signed integer, and
-///    packs the results into a 64-bit integer vector of [4 x i16]. If the
-///    floating-point element is NaN or infinity, or if the floating-point
-///    element is greater than 0x7FFFFFFF or less than -0x8000, it is converted
-///    to 0x8000. Otherwise if the floating-point element is greater than
-///    0x7FFF, it is converted to 0x7FFF.
+///    packs the results into a 64-bit integer vector of [4 x i16].
+///
+///    If the floating-point element is NaN or infinity, or if the
+///    floating-point element is greater than 0x7FFFFFFF or less than -0x8000,
+///    it is converted to 0x8000. Otherwise if the floating-point element is
+///    greater than 0x7FFF, it is converted to 0x7FFF.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
@@ -2845,11 +2848,12 @@ _mm_cvtps_pi16(__m128 __a)
 /// \brief Converts each single-precision floating-point element of a 128-bit
 ///    floating-point vector of [4 x float] into an 8-bit signed integer, and
 ///    packs the results into the lower 32 bits of a 64-bit integer vector of
-///    [8 x i8]. The upper 32 bits of the vector are set to 0. If the
-///    floating-point element is NaN or infinity, or if the floating-point
-///    element is greater than 0x7FFFFFFF or less than -0x80, it is converted
-///    to 0x80. Otherwise if the floating-point element is greater than 0x7F,
-///    it is converted to 0x7F.
+///    [8 x i8]. The upper 32 bits of the vector are set to 0.
+///
+///    If the floating-point element is NaN or infinity, or if the
+///    floating-point element is greater than 0x7FFFFFFF or less than -0x80, it
+///    is converted to 0x80. Otherwise if the floating-point element is greater
+///    than 0x7F, it is converted to 0x7F.
 ///
 /// \headerfile <x86intrin.h>
 ///
diff --git a/lib/Index/IndexBody.cpp b/lib/Index/IndexBody.cpp
index 7f09290de40f..08d233fb83e0 100644
--- a/lib/Index/IndexBody.cpp
+++ b/lib/Index/IndexBody.cpp
@@ -150,6 +150,53 @@ public:
                                     Parent, ParentDC, Roles, Relations, E);
   }
 
+  bool indexDependentReference(
+      const Expr *E, const Type *T, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
+      llvm::function_ref<bool(const NamedDecl *ND)> Filter) {
+    if (!T)
+      return true;
+    const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
+        T->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
+    if (!TST)
+      return true;
+    TemplateName TN = TST->getTemplateName();
+    const ClassTemplateDecl *TD =
+        dyn_cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>(TN.getAsTemplateDecl());
+    if (!TD)
+      return true;
+    CXXRecordDecl *RD = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
+    if (!RD->hasDefinition())
+      return true;
+    RD = RD->getDefinition();
+    std::vector<const NamedDecl *> Symbols =
+        RD->lookupDependentName(NameInfo.getName(), Filter);
+    // FIXME: Improve overload handling.
+    if (Symbols.size() != 1)
+      return true;
+    SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
+    if (Loc.isInvalid())
+      Loc = E->getLocStart();
+    SmallVector<SymbolRelation, 4> Relations;
+    SymbolRoleSet Roles = getRolesForRef(E, Relations);
+    return IndexCtx.handleReference(Symbols[0], Loc, Parent, ParentDC, Roles,
+                                    Relations, E);
+  }
+
+  bool VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E) {
+    const DeclarationNameInfo &Info = E->getMemberNameInfo();
+    return indexDependentReference(
+        E, E->getBaseType().getTypePtrOrNull(), Info,
+        [](const NamedDecl *D) { return D->isCXXInstanceMember(); });
+  }
+
+  bool VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E) {
+    const DeclarationNameInfo &Info = E->getNameInfo();
+    const NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = E->getQualifier();
+    return indexDependentReference(
+        E, NNS->getAsType(), Info,
+        [](const NamedDecl *D) { return !D->isCXXInstanceMember(); });
+  }
+
   bool VisitDesignatedInitExpr(DesignatedInitExpr *E) {
     for (DesignatedInitExpr::Designator &D : llvm::reverse(E->designators())) {
       if (D.isFieldDesignator() && D.getField())
diff --git a/lib/Index/IndexDecl.cpp b/lib/Index/IndexDecl.cpp
index 7de70a10b692..203862c46e98 100644
--- a/lib/Index/IndexDecl.cpp
+++ b/lib/Index/IndexDecl.cpp
@@ -52,6 +52,22 @@ public:
     return MD && !MD->isImplicit() && MD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
   }
 
+  void handleTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgumentLoc &TALoc,
+                                 const NamedDecl *Parent,
+                                 const DeclContext *DC) {
+    const TemplateArgumentLocInfo &LocInfo = TALoc.getLocInfo();
+    switch (TALoc.getArgument().getKind()) {
+    case TemplateArgument::Expression:
+      IndexCtx.indexBody(LocInfo.getAsExpr(), Parent, DC);
+      break;
+    case TemplateArgument::Type:
+      IndexCtx.indexTypeSourceInfo(LocInfo.getAsTypeSourceInfo(), Parent, DC);
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
   void handleDeclarator(const DeclaratorDecl *D,
                         const NamedDecl *Parent = nullptr,
                         bool isIBType = false) {
@@ -233,6 +249,12 @@ public:
                                  Dtor->getParent(), Dtor->getDeclContext());
       }
     }
+    // Template specialization arguments.
+    if (const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgInfo =
+            D->getTemplateSpecializationArgsAsWritten()) {
+      for (const auto &Arg : TemplateArgInfo->arguments())
+        handleTemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, D, D->getLexicalDeclContext());
+    }
 
     if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
       const Stmt *Body = D->getBody();
@@ -522,6 +544,14 @@ public:
     return true;
   }
 
+  bool VisitNamespaceAliasDecl(const NamespaceAliasDecl *D) {
+    TRY_DECL(D, IndexCtx.handleDecl(D));
+    IndexCtx.indexNestedNameSpecifierLoc(D->getQualifierLoc(), D);
+    IndexCtx.handleReference(D->getAliasedNamespace(), D->getTargetNameLoc(), D,
+                             D->getLexicalDeclContext());
+    return true;
+  }
+
   bool VisitUsingDecl(const UsingDecl *D) {
     const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
     const NamedDecl *Parent = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DC);
diff --git a/lib/Index/IndexTypeSourceInfo.cpp b/lib/Index/IndexTypeSourceInfo.cpp
index 44d1241fb930..ae27ebe6ea4c 100644
--- a/lib/Index/IndexTypeSourceInfo.cpp
+++ b/lib/Index/IndexTypeSourceInfo.cpp
@@ -141,6 +141,34 @@ public:
     return true;
   }
 
+  bool VisitDependentNameTypeLoc(DependentNameTypeLoc TL) {
+    const DependentNameType *DNT = TL.getTypePtr();
+    const NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = DNT->getQualifier();
+    const Type *T = NNS->getAsType();
+    if (!T)
+      return true;
+    const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
+        T->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
+    if (!TST)
+      return true;
+    TemplateName TN = TST->getTemplateName();
+    const ClassTemplateDecl *TD =
+        dyn_cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>(TN.getAsTemplateDecl());
+    if (!TD)
+      return true;
+    CXXRecordDecl *RD = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
+    if (!RD->hasDefinition())
+      return true;
+    RD = RD->getDefinition();
+    DeclarationName Name(DNT->getIdentifier());
+    std::vector<const NamedDecl *> Symbols = RD->lookupDependentName(
+        Name, [](const NamedDecl *ND) { return isa<TypeDecl>(ND); });
+    if (Symbols.size() != 1)
+      return true;
+    return IndexCtx.handleReference(Symbols[0], TL.getNameLoc(), Parent,
+                                    ParentDC, SymbolRoleSet(), Relations);
+  }
+
   bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *S) {
     IndexCtx.indexBody(S, Parent, ParentDC);
     return true;
@@ -184,7 +212,7 @@ void IndexingContext::indexNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
 
   if (!DC)
     DC = Parent->getLexicalDeclContext();
-  SourceLocation Loc = NNS.getSourceRange().getBegin();
+  SourceLocation Loc = NNS.getLocalBeginLoc();
 
   switch (NNS.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getKind()) {
   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
diff --git a/lib/Index/IndexingContext.cpp b/lib/Index/IndexingContext.cpp
index 709a23657b07..5cebb198460f 100644
--- a/lib/Index/IndexingContext.cpp
+++ b/lib/Index/IndexingContext.cpp
@@ -124,6 +124,10 @@ bool IndexingContext::isTemplateImplicitInstantiation(const Decl *D) {
     TKind = FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
   } else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
     TKind = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
+  } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
+    if (const auto *Parent =
+            dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
+      TKind = Parent->getSpecializationKind();
   }
   switch (TKind) {
     case TSK_Undeclared:
@@ -159,6 +163,17 @@ static const Decl *adjustTemplateImplicitInstantiation(const Decl *D) {
     return FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern();
   } else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
     return VD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern();
+  } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
+    if (const auto *Parent =
+            dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) {
+      const CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = Parent->getTemplateInstantiationPattern();
+      for (const NamedDecl *ND : Pattern->lookup(FD->getDeclName())) {
+        if (ND->isImplicit())
+          continue;
+        if (isa<FieldDecl>(ND))
+          return ND;
+      }
+    }
   }
   return nullptr;
 }
diff --git a/lib/Lex/MacroInfo.cpp b/lib/Lex/MacroInfo.cpp
index bec434085e3a..1e5deeb1919b 100644
--- a/lib/Lex/MacroInfo.cpp
+++ b/lib/Lex/MacroInfo.cpp
@@ -29,7 +29,6 @@ MacroInfo::MacroInfo(SourceLocation DefLoc)
     IsUsed(false),
     IsAllowRedefinitionsWithoutWarning(false),
     IsWarnIfUnused(false),
-    FromASTFile(false),
     UsedForHeaderGuard(false) {
 }
 
@@ -137,7 +136,6 @@ LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void MacroInfo::dump() const {
   if (IsAllowRedefinitionsWithoutWarning)
     Out << " allow_redefinitions_without_warning";
   if (IsWarnIfUnused) Out << " warn_if_unused";
-  if (FromASTFile) Out << " imported";
   if (UsedForHeaderGuard) Out << " header_guard";
 
   Out << "\n    #define <macro>";
diff --git a/lib/Lex/ModuleMap.cpp b/lib/Lex/ModuleMap.cpp
index 70d37d3d7082..6f44dc757e85 100644
--- a/lib/Lex/ModuleMap.cpp
+++ b/lib/Lex/ModuleMap.cpp
@@ -1485,7 +1485,19 @@ void ModuleMapParser::parseModuleDecl() {
   
   // Determine whether this (sub)module has already been defined.
   if (Module *Existing = Map.lookupModuleQualified(ModuleName, ActiveModule)) {
-    if (Existing->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid() && !ActiveModule) {
+    // We might see a (re)definition of a module that we already have a
+    // definition for in two cases:
+    //  - If we loaded one definition from an AST file and we've just found a
+    //    corresponding definition in a module map file, or
+    bool LoadedFromASTFile = Existing->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid();
+    //  - If we're building a (preprocessed) module and we've just loaded the
+    //    module map file from which it was created.
+    bool ParsedAsMainInput =
+        Map.LangOpts.getCompilingModule() == LangOptions::CMK_ModuleMap &&
+        Map.LangOpts.CurrentModule == ModuleName &&
+        SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(ModuleNameLoc).first !=
+            SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Existing->DefinitionLoc).first;
+    if (!ActiveModule && (LoadedFromASTFile || ParsedAsMainInput)) {
       // Skip the module definition.
       skipUntil(MMToken::RBrace);
       if (Tok.is(MMToken::RBrace))
@@ -1901,8 +1913,10 @@ void ModuleMapParser::parseHeaderDecl(MMToken::TokenKind LeadingToken,
         // 'framework module FrameworkName.Private', since a 'Private.Framework'
         // does not usually exist. However, since both are currently widely used
         // for private modules, make sure we find the right path in both cases.
-        RelativePathName.resize(ActiveModule->IsFramework ? 0
-                                                          : RelativePathLength);
+        if (ActiveModule->IsFramework && ActiveModule->Name == "Private")
+          RelativePathName.clear();
+        else
+          RelativePathName.resize(RelativePathLength);
         FullPathName.resize(FullPathLength);
         llvm::sys::path::append(RelativePathName, "PrivateHeaders",
                                 Header.FileName);
diff --git a/lib/Lex/PPDirectives.cpp b/lib/Lex/PPDirectives.cpp
index 06fee8e5b0a8..faf8809e4eb4 100644
--- a/lib/Lex/PPDirectives.cpp
+++ b/lib/Lex/PPDirectives.cpp
@@ -54,35 +54,12 @@ using namespace clang;
 // Utility Methods for Preprocessor Directive Handling.
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
-MacroInfo *Preprocessor::AllocateMacroInfo() {
-  MacroInfoChain *MIChain = BP.Allocate<MacroInfoChain>();
-  MIChain->Next = MIChainHead;
+MacroInfo *Preprocessor::AllocateMacroInfo(SourceLocation L) {
+  auto *MIChain = new (BP) MacroInfoChain{L, MIChainHead};
   MIChainHead = MIChain;
   return &MIChain->MI;
 }
 
-MacroInfo *Preprocessor::AllocateMacroInfo(SourceLocation L) {
-  MacroInfo *MI = AllocateMacroInfo();
-  new (MI) MacroInfo(L);
-  return MI;
-}
-
-MacroInfo *Preprocessor::AllocateDeserializedMacroInfo(SourceLocation L,
-                                                       unsigned SubModuleID) {
-  static_assert(alignof(MacroInfo) >= sizeof(SubModuleID),
-                "alignment for MacroInfo is less than the ID");
-  DeserializedMacroInfoChain *MIChain =
-      BP.Allocate<DeserializedMacroInfoChain>();
-  MIChain->Next = DeserialMIChainHead;
-  DeserialMIChainHead = MIChain;
-
-  MacroInfo *MI = &MIChain->MI;
-  new (MI) MacroInfo(L);
-  MI->FromASTFile = true;
-  MI->setOwningModuleID(SubModuleID);
-  return MI;
-}
-
 DefMacroDirective *Preprocessor::AllocateDefMacroDirective(MacroInfo *MI,
                                                            SourceLocation Loc) {
   return new (BP) DefMacroDirective(MI, Loc);
diff --git a/lib/Lex/Preprocessor.cpp b/lib/Lex/Preprocessor.cpp
index e409ab036535..dce8c1efda23 100644
--- a/lib/Lex/Preprocessor.cpp
+++ b/lib/Lex/Preprocessor.cpp
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Preprocessor::Preprocessor(std::shared_ptr<PreprocessorOptions> PPOpts,
       CurDirLookup(nullptr), CurLexerKind(CLK_Lexer),
       CurLexerSubmodule(nullptr), Callbacks(nullptr),
       CurSubmoduleState(&NullSubmoduleState), MacroArgCache(nullptr),
-      Record(nullptr), MIChainHead(nullptr), DeserialMIChainHead(nullptr) {
+      Record(nullptr), MIChainHead(nullptr) {
   OwnsHeaderSearch = OwnsHeaders;
   
   CounterValue = 0; // __COUNTER__ starts at 0.
@@ -169,11 +169,6 @@ Preprocessor::~Preprocessor() {
   std::fill(TokenLexerCache, TokenLexerCache + NumCachedTokenLexers, nullptr);
   CurTokenLexer.reset();
 
-  while (DeserializedMacroInfoChain *I = DeserialMIChainHead) {
-    DeserialMIChainHead = I->Next;
-    I->~DeserializedMacroInfoChain();
-  }
-
   // Free any cached MacroArgs.
   for (MacroArgs *ArgList = MacroArgCache; ArgList;)
     ArgList = ArgList->deallocate();
diff --git a/lib/Parse/ParseDecl.cpp b/lib/Parse/ParseDecl.cpp
index 1465d21ac5ee..4ccee74eaa90 100644
--- a/lib/Parse/ParseDecl.cpp
+++ b/lib/Parse/ParseDecl.cpp
@@ -2577,9 +2577,9 @@ bool Parser::ParseImplicitInt(DeclSpec &DS, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
   // and attempt to recover.
   ParsedType T;
   IdentifierInfo *II = Tok.getIdentifierInfo();
+  bool IsTemplateName = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken().is(tok::less);
   Actions.DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(II, Loc, getCurScope(), SS, T,
-                                  getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
-                                      NextToken().is(tok::less));
+                                  IsTemplateName);
   if (T) {
     // The action has suggested that the type T could be used. Set that as
     // the type in the declaration specifiers, consume the would-be type
@@ -2604,6 +2604,13 @@ bool Parser::ParseImplicitInt(DeclSpec &DS, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
   DS.SetRangeEnd(Tok.getLocation());
   ConsumeToken();
 
+  // Eat any following template arguments.
+  if (IsTemplateName) {
+    SourceLocation LAngle, RAngle;
+    TemplateArgList Args;
+    ParseTemplateIdAfterTemplateName(true, LAngle, Args, RAngle);
+  }
+
   // TODO: Could inject an invalid typedef decl in an enclosing scope to
   // avoid rippling error messages on subsequent uses of the same type,
   // could be useful if #include was forgotten.
diff --git a/lib/Parse/ParseDeclCXX.cpp b/lib/Parse/ParseDeclCXX.cpp
index ad7b319676e9..e6cf65e36cfa 100644
--- a/lib/Parse/ParseDeclCXX.cpp
+++ b/lib/Parse/ParseDeclCXX.cpp
@@ -1137,8 +1137,8 @@ TypeResult Parser::ParseBaseTypeSpecifier(SourceLocation &BaseLoc,
     if (!Template) {
       TemplateArgList TemplateArgs;
       SourceLocation LAngleLoc, RAngleLoc;
-      ParseTemplateIdAfterTemplateName(nullptr, IdLoc, SS, true, LAngleLoc,
-                                       TemplateArgs, RAngleLoc);
+      ParseTemplateIdAfterTemplateName(true, LAngleLoc, TemplateArgs,
+                                       RAngleLoc);
       return true;
     }
 
@@ -1530,8 +1530,8 @@ void Parser::ParseClassSpecifier(tok::TokenKind TagTokKind,
       // a class (or template thereof).
       TemplateArgList TemplateArgs;
       SourceLocation LAngleLoc, RAngleLoc;
-      if (ParseTemplateIdAfterTemplateName(
-              nullptr, NameLoc, SS, true, LAngleLoc, TemplateArgs, RAngleLoc)) {
+      if (ParseTemplateIdAfterTemplateName(true, LAngleLoc, TemplateArgs,
+                                           RAngleLoc)) {
         // We couldn't parse the template argument list at all, so don't
         // try to give any location information for the list.
         LAngleLoc = RAngleLoc = SourceLocation();
diff --git a/lib/Parse/ParseExpr.cpp b/lib/Parse/ParseExpr.cpp
index 3e02e46ddc7d..727fd3500991 100644
--- a/lib/Parse/ParseExpr.cpp
+++ b/lib/Parse/ParseExpr.cpp
@@ -235,6 +235,30 @@ bool Parser::isNotExpressionStart() {
   return isKnownToBeDeclarationSpecifier();
 }
 
+/// We've parsed something that could plausibly be intended to be a template
+/// name (\p LHS) followed by a '<' token, and the following code can't possibly
+/// be an expression. Determine if this is likely to be a template-id and if so,
+/// diagnose it.
+bool Parser::diagnoseUnknownTemplateId(ExprResult LHS, SourceLocation Less) {
+  TentativeParsingAction TPA(*this);
+  // FIXME: We could look at the token sequence in a lot more detail here.
+  if (SkipUntil(tok::greater, tok::greatergreater, tok::greatergreatergreater,
+                StopAtSemi | StopBeforeMatch)) {
+    TPA.Commit();
+
+    SourceLocation Greater;
+    ParseGreaterThanInTemplateList(Greater, true, false);
+    Actions.diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(getCurScope(), LHS,
+                                               Less, Greater);
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  // There's no matching '>' token, this probably isn't supposed to be
+  // interpreted as a template-id. Parse it as an (ill-formed) comparison.
+  TPA.Revert();
+  return false;
+}
+
 static bool isFoldOperator(prec::Level Level) {
   return Level > prec::Unknown && Level != prec::Conditional;
 }
@@ -276,6 +300,16 @@ Parser::ParseRHSOfBinaryExpression(ExprResult LHS, prec::Level MinPrec) {
       return LHS;
     }
 
+    // If a '<' token is followed by a type that can be a template argument and
+    // cannot be an expression, then this is ill-formed, but might be intended
+    // to be a template-id.
+    if (OpToken.is(tok::less) && Actions.mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(LHS) &&
+        (isKnownToBeDeclarationSpecifier() ||
+         Tok.isOneOf(tok::greater, tok::greatergreater,
+                     tok::greatergreatergreater)) &&
+        diagnoseUnknownTemplateId(LHS, OpToken.getLocation()))
+      return ExprError();
+
     // If the next token is an ellipsis, then this is a fold-expression. Leave
     // it alone so we can handle it in the paren expression.
     if (isFoldOperator(NextTokPrec) && Tok.is(tok::ellipsis)) {
@@ -2989,6 +3023,11 @@ Optional<AvailabilitySpec> Parser::ParseAvailabilitySpec() {
     return AvailabilitySpec(ConsumeToken());
   } else {
     // Parse the platform name.
+    if (Tok.is(tok::code_completion)) {
+      Actions.CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName();
+      cutOffParsing();
+      return None;
+    }
     if (Tok.isNot(tok::identifier)) {
       Diag(Tok, diag::err_avail_query_expected_platform_name);
       return None;
@@ -3001,12 +3040,14 @@ Optional<AvailabilitySpec> Parser::ParseAvailabilitySpec() {
     if (Version.empty())
       return None;
 
-    StringRef Platform = PlatformIdentifier->Ident->getName();
+    StringRef GivenPlatform = PlatformIdentifier->Ident->getName();
+    StringRef Platform =
+        AvailabilityAttr::canonicalizePlatformName(GivenPlatform);
 
     if (AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName(Platform).empty()) {
       Diag(PlatformIdentifier->Loc,
            diag::err_avail_query_unrecognized_platform_name)
-          << Platform;
+          << GivenPlatform;
       return None;
     }
 
diff --git a/lib/Parse/ParseExprCXX.cpp b/lib/Parse/ParseExprCXX.cpp
index 671a815911f3..56093f685617 100644
--- a/lib/Parse/ParseExprCXX.cpp
+++ b/lib/Parse/ParseExprCXX.cpp
@@ -2114,11 +2114,8 @@ bool Parser::ParseUnqualifiedIdTemplateId(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   // Parse the enclosed template argument list.
   SourceLocation LAngleLoc, RAngleLoc;
   TemplateArgList TemplateArgs;
-  if (Tok.is(tok::less) &&
-      ParseTemplateIdAfterTemplateName(Template, Id.StartLocation,
-                                       SS, true, LAngleLoc,
-                                       TemplateArgs,
-                                       RAngleLoc))
+  if (Tok.is(tok::less) && ParseTemplateIdAfterTemplateName(
+                               true, LAngleLoc, TemplateArgs, RAngleLoc))
     return true;
   
   if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier ||
diff --git a/lib/Parse/ParseTemplate.cpp b/lib/Parse/ParseTemplate.cpp
index d2b18e7c0a81..6a81e14ed496 100644
--- a/lib/Parse/ParseTemplate.cpp
+++ b/lib/Parse/ParseTemplate.cpp
@@ -886,22 +886,12 @@ bool Parser::ParseGreaterThanInTemplateList(SourceLocation &RAngleLoc,
 /// list ('<' template-parameter-list [opt] '>') and placing the
 /// results into a form that can be transferred to semantic analysis.
 ///
-/// \param Template the template declaration produced by isTemplateName
-///
-/// \param TemplateNameLoc the source location of the template name
-///
-/// \param SS if non-NULL, the nested-name-specifier preceding the
-/// template name.
-///
 /// \param ConsumeLastToken if true, then we will consume the last
 /// token that forms the template-id. Otherwise, we will leave the
 /// last token in the stream (e.g., so that it can be replaced with an
 /// annotation token).
 bool
-Parser::ParseTemplateIdAfterTemplateName(TemplateTy Template,
-                                         SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
-                                         const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
-                                         bool ConsumeLastToken,
+Parser::ParseTemplateIdAfterTemplateName(bool ConsumeLastToken,
                                          SourceLocation &LAngleLoc,
                                          TemplateArgList &TemplateArgs,
                                          SourceLocation &RAngleLoc) {
@@ -983,9 +973,7 @@ bool Parser::AnnotateTemplateIdToken(TemplateTy Template, TemplateNameKind TNK,
   // Parse the enclosed template argument list.
   SourceLocation LAngleLoc, RAngleLoc;
   TemplateArgList TemplateArgs;
-  bool Invalid = ParseTemplateIdAfterTemplateName(Template, 
-                                                  TemplateNameLoc,
-                                                  SS, false, LAngleLoc,
+  bool Invalid = ParseTemplateIdAfterTemplateName(false, LAngleLoc,
                                                   TemplateArgs,
                                                   RAngleLoc);
 
diff --git a/lib/Sema/CMakeLists.txt b/lib/Sema/CMakeLists.txt
index 7a5973299f91..7d9ae621c93d 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/lib/Sema/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ set(LLVM_LINK_COMPONENTS
   )
 
 if (MSVC)
+  set_source_files_properties(SemaDeclAttr.cpp PROPERTIES COMPILE_FLAGS /bigobj)
   set_source_files_properties(SemaExpr.cpp PROPERTIES COMPILE_FLAGS /bigobj)
 endif()
 
diff --git a/lib/Sema/Sema.cpp b/lib/Sema/Sema.cpp
index 2f493fa5fbef..ca1d27e9505f 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/Sema.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/Sema.cpp
@@ -477,6 +477,13 @@ static bool ShouldRemoveFromUnused(Sema *SemaRef, const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
     return true;
 
   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
+    // If this is a function template and none of its specializations is used,
+    // we should warn.
+    if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Template = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
+      for (const auto *Spec : Template->specializations())
+        if (ShouldRemoveFromUnused(SemaRef, Spec))
+          return true;
+
     // UnusedFileScopedDecls stores the first declaration.
     // The declaration may have become definition so check again.
     const FunctionDecl *DeclToCheck;
@@ -500,6 +507,13 @@ static bool ShouldRemoveFromUnused(Sema *SemaRef, const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
         VD->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef->Context))
       return true;
 
+    if (VarTemplateDecl *Template = VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
+      // If this is a variable template and none of its specializations is used,
+      // we should warn.
+      for (const auto *Spec : Template->specializations())
+        if (ShouldRemoveFromUnused(SemaRef, Spec))
+          return true;
+
     // UnusedFileScopedDecls stores the first declaration.
     // The declaration may have become definition so check again.
     const VarDecl *DeclToCheck = VD->getDefinition();
@@ -905,10 +919,14 @@ void Sema::ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit() {
                    << /*function*/0 << DiagD->getDeclName();
           }
         } else {
-          Diag(DiagD->getLocation(),
-               isa<CXXMethodDecl>(DiagD) ? diag::warn_unused_member_function
-                                         : diag::warn_unused_function)
-                << DiagD->getDeclName();
+          if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
+            Diag(DiagD->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_template)
+              << /*function*/0 << DiagD->getDeclName();
+          else
+            Diag(DiagD->getLocation(),
+                 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(DiagD) ? diag::warn_unused_member_function
+                                           : diag::warn_unused_function)
+              << DiagD->getDeclName();
         }
       } else {
         const VarDecl *DiagD = cast<VarDecl>(*I)->getDefinition();
@@ -924,7 +942,11 @@ void Sema::ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit() {
             Diag(DiagD->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_const_variable)
                 << DiagD->getDeclName();
         } else {
-          Diag(DiagD->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_variable)
+          if (DiagD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
+            Diag(DiagD->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_template)
+              << /*variable*/1 << DiagD->getDeclName();
+          else
+            Diag(DiagD->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_variable)
               << DiagD->getDeclName();
         }
       }
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaCast.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaCast.cpp
index 7e91709e67da..7d534263f468 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaCast.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaCast.cpp
@@ -1871,7 +1871,8 @@ static bool fixOverloadedReinterpretCastExpr(Sema &Self, QualType DestType,
   // No guarantees that ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization
   // preserves Result.
   Result = E;
-  if (!Self.resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Result))
+  if (!Self.resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(
+          Result, /*DoFunctionPointerConversion=*/true))
     return false;
   return Result.isUsable();
 }
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp
index cfac3f1dc1de..8fb2f4139236 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp
@@ -3869,6 +3869,41 @@ static void AddObjCProperties(
   }
 }
 
+static void AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(Sema &SemaRef,
+                                              ResultBuilder &Results, Scope *S,
+                                              QualType BaseType,
+                                              RecordDecl *RD) {
+  // Indicate that we are performing a member access, and the cv-qualifiers
+  // for the base object type.
+  Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(BaseType.getQualifiers());
+
+  // Access to a C/C++ class, struct, or union.
+  Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers();
+  CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, SemaRef.CurContext);
+  SemaRef.LookupVisibleDecls(RD, Sema::LookupMemberName, Consumer,
+                             SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
+                             /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true);
+
+  if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
+    if (!Results.empty()) {
+      // The "template" keyword can follow "->" or "." in the grammar.
+      // However, we only want to suggest the template keyword if something
+      // is dependent.
+      bool IsDependent = BaseType->isDependentType();
+      if (!IsDependent) {
+        for (Scope *DepScope = S; DepScope; DepScope = DepScope->getParent())
+          if (DeclContext *Ctx = DepScope->getEntity()) {
+            IsDependent = Ctx->isDependentContext();
+            break;
+          }
+      }
+
+      if (IsDependent)
+        Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("template"));
+    }
+  }
+}
+
 void Sema::CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
                                            SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
                                            bool IsBaseExprStatement) {
@@ -3879,8 +3914,6 @@ void Sema::CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
   if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid())
     return;
   Base = ConvertedBase.get();
-
-  typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
   
   QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
 
@@ -3915,34 +3948,18 @@ void Sema::CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
                         &ResultBuilder::IsMember);
   Results.EnterNewScope();
   if (const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
-    // Indicate that we are performing a member access, and the cv-qualifiers
-    // for the base object type.
-    Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(BaseType.getQualifiers());
-    
-    // Access to a C/C++ class, struct, or union.
-    Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers();
-    CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
-    LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), LookupMemberName, Consumer,
-                       CodeCompleter->includeGlobals());
-
-    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
-      if (!Results.empty()) {
-        // The "template" keyword can follow "->" or "." in the grammar.
-        // However, we only want to suggest the template keyword if something
-        // is dependent.
-        bool IsDependent = BaseType->isDependentType();
-        if (!IsDependent) {
-          for (Scope *DepScope = S; DepScope; DepScope = DepScope->getParent())
-            if (DeclContext *Ctx = DepScope->getEntity()) {
-              IsDependent = Ctx->isDependentContext();
-              break;
-            }
-        }
-
-        if (IsDependent)
-          Results.AddResult(Result("template"));
-      }
-    }
+    AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(*this, Results, S, BaseType,
+                                      Record->getDecl());
+  } else if (const auto *TST = BaseType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
+    TemplateName TN = TST->getTemplateName();
+    if (const auto *TD =
+            dyn_cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>(TN.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
+      CXXRecordDecl *RD = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
+      AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(*this, Results, S, BaseType, RD);
+    }
+  } else if (const auto *ICNT = BaseType->getAs<InjectedClassNameType>()) {
+    if (auto *RD = ICNT->getDecl())
+      AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(*this, Results, S, BaseType, RD);
   } else if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
     // Objective-C property reference.
     AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties;
@@ -7811,6 +7828,23 @@ void Sema::CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage() {
                             nullptr, 0);
 }
 
+void Sema::CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName() {
+  ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
+                        CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
+                        CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
+  Results.EnterNewScope();
+  static const char *Platforms[] = {"macOS", "iOS", "watchOS", "tvOS"};
+  for (const char *Platform : llvm::makeArrayRef(Platforms)) {
+    Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Platform));
+    Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(
+        Twine(Platform) + "ApplicationExtension")));
+  }
+  Results.ExitScope();
+  HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter,
+                            CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other, Results.data(),
+                            Results.size());
+}
+
 void Sema::GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
                                        CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results) {
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaDecl.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaDecl.cpp
index 2612023f59db..2e069a9defaa 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaDecl.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaDecl.cpp
@@ -64,22 +64,45 @@ namespace {
 
 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
  public:
-  TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
-                       bool AllowTemplates=false)
-      : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
-        AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
-    WantExpressionKeywords = false;
-    WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
-    WantRemainingKeywords = false;
+   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false,
+                        bool AllowTemplates = false,
+                        bool AllowNonTemplates = true)
+       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
+         AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) {
+     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
+     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
+     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
   }
 
   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
+      if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl())
+        return false;
+
+      if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND))
+        return AllowTemplates;
+
       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
-      bool AllowedTemplate = AllowTemplates && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND);
-      return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
-             (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
+      if (!IsType)
+        return false;
+
+      if (AllowNonTemplates)
+        return true;
+
+      // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid
+      // as a template or as a non-template.
+      if (AllowTemplates) {
+        auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
+        if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName())
+          return false;
+        RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext());
+        return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() ||
+               isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD);
+      }
+
+      return false;
     }
+
     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
   }
 
@@ -87,6 +110,7 @@ class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
   bool WantClassName;
   bool AllowTemplates;
+  bool AllowNonTemplates;
 };
 
 } // end anonymous namespace
@@ -627,7 +651,7 @@ void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
                                    Scope *S,
                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
-                                   bool AllowClassTemplates) {
+                                   bool IsTemplateName) {
   // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders.
   if (II->isEditorPlaceholder())
     return;
@@ -639,28 +663,41 @@ void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
-                          false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
+                          false, false, IsTemplateName, !IsTemplateName),
                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
+    // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case.
+    bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName;
     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
       // We corrected to a keyword.
-      diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
+      diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
+                   PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
+                                        : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
+                       << II);
       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
     } else {
       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
-                     PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
+                     PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
+                                          : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
+                         << II, CanRecover);
       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
-                     PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
-                       << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
+                     PDiag(IsTemplateName
+                               ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest
+                               : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
+                         << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(),
+                     CanRecover);
       } else {
         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
       }
 
+      if (!CanRecover)
+        return;
+
       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
@@ -675,7 +712,7 @@ void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
     return;
   }
 
-  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
+  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) {
     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
     UnqualifiedId Name;
     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
@@ -700,10 +737,13 @@ void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
 
   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
-    Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
+    Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template
+                               : diag::err_unknown_typename)
+        << II;
   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
-    Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
-      << II << DC << SS->getRange();
+    Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template
+                               : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
+        << II << DC << SS->getRange();
   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
@@ -1488,6 +1528,11 @@ bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
       return false;
+    // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly
+    // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in.
+    if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
+        FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
+      return false;
 
     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
@@ -1514,6 +1559,10 @@ bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
       return false;
+    if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
+        VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
+        VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine())
+      return false;
 
     if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
       return false;
@@ -1972,7 +2021,7 @@ bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
       << Kind << NewType;
     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
-      Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
+      notePreviousDefinition(Old->getLocation(), New->getLocation());
     New->setInvalidDecl();
     return true;
   }
@@ -1985,7 +2034,7 @@ bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
-      Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
+      notePreviousDefinition(Old->getLocation(), New->getLocation());
     New->setInvalidDecl();
     return true;
   }
@@ -2052,7 +2101,7 @@ void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
 
     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
-      Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
+      notePreviousDefinition(OldD->getLocation(), New->getLocation());
 
     return New->setInvalidDecl();
   }
@@ -2078,7 +2127,7 @@ void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
 
       // Make the old tag definition visible.
-      makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation());
+      makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
 
       // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators
       // out of the scope.
@@ -2144,7 +2193,7 @@ void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
 
     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
       << New->getDeclName();
-    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
+    notePreviousDefinition(Old->getLocation(), New->getLocation());
     return New->setInvalidDecl();
   }
 
@@ -2165,7 +2214,7 @@ void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
 
   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
     << New->getDeclName();
-  Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
+  notePreviousDefinition(Old->getLocation(), New->getLocation());
 }
 
 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
@@ -2452,7 +2501,10 @@ static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
                             : diag::err_redefinition;
         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
-        S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
+        if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition)
+          S.notePreviousDefinition(Def->getLocation(), VD->getLocation());
+        else
+          S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
         VD->setInvalidDecl();
       }
       ++I;
@@ -2839,7 +2891,7 @@ bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
     } else {
       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
         << New->getDeclName();
-      Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
+      notePreviousDefinition(OldD->getLocation(), New->getLocation());
       return true;
     }
   }
@@ -2876,7 +2928,7 @@ bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
         << New->getDeclName();
-    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
+    notePreviousDefinition(Old->getLocation(), New->getLocation());
     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
   }
 
@@ -3604,9 +3656,9 @@ void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
   }
   if (!Old) {
     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
-      << New->getDeclName();
-    Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
-         diag::note_previous_definition);
+        << New->getDeclName();
+    notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
+                           New->getLocation());
     return New->setInvalidDecl();
   }
 
@@ -3635,7 +3687,7 @@ void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
-    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
+    notePreviousDefinition(Old->getLocation(), New->getLocation());
     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
   }
@@ -3644,7 +3696,7 @@ void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
         << New->getDeclName();
-    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
+    notePreviousDefinition(Old->getLocation(), New->getLocation());
     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
   }
 
@@ -3801,6 +3853,67 @@ void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
     New->setImplicitlyInline();
 }
 
+void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(SourceLocation Old, SourceLocation New) {
+  SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager();
+  auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New);
+  auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old);
+  auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first);
+  auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first);
+  auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo();
+  StringRef HdrFilename = SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old));
+
+  auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](SourceLocation &Loc,
+                                     SourceLocation &IncLoc) -> bool {
+    Module *Mod = nullptr;
+    // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped
+    // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets
+    // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition
+    // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on.
+    if (getLangOpts().Modules) {
+      auto ModLoc = SrcMgr.getModuleImportLoc(Old);
+      if (!ModLoc.first.isInvalid())
+        Mod = HSI.getModuleMap().inferModuleFromLocation(
+            FullSourceLoc(Loc, SrcMgr));
+    }
+
+    if (IncLoc.isValid()) {
+      if (Mod) {
+        Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file)
+            << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName();
+        if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid())
+          Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here)
+              << Mod->getFullModuleName();
+      } else {
+        Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file)
+            << HdrFilename.str();
+      }
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    return false;
+  };
+
+  // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why
+  // this leads to a redefinition error.
+  bool EmittedDiag = false;
+  if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) {
+    SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first);
+    SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first);
+    EmittedDiag = noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old, OldIncLoc);
+    EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(New, NewIncLoc);
+
+    // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one.
+    if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld))
+      Diag(Old, diag::note_use_ifdef_guards);
+
+    if (EmittedDiag)
+      return;
+  }
+
+  // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above.
+  Diag(Old, diag::note_previous_definition);
+}
+
 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions
 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem.
 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) {
@@ -3816,12 +3929,12 @@ bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) {
 
     // Make the canonical definition visible.
     if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate())
-      makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD, New->getLocation());
-    makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old, New->getLocation());
+      makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD);
+    makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old);
     return false;
   } else {
     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
-    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
+    notePreviousDefinition(Old->getLocation(), New->getLocation());
     New->setInvalidDecl();
     return true;
   }
@@ -6706,6 +6819,9 @@ NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(
     return NewTemplate;
   }
 
+  if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
+    CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous);
+
   return NewVD;
 }
 
@@ -8919,12 +9035,17 @@ Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
     }
   }
 
+  MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
+
   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
     if (FunctionTemplate) {
       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
       return FunctionTemplate;
     }
+
+    if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
+      CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous);
   }
 
   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
@@ -8964,8 +9085,6 @@ Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
     }
   }
 
-  MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
-
   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
@@ -9182,7 +9301,9 @@ bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
         if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) {
           FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl =
               OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl();
+          // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules.
           assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl);
+          // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation.
           OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
         }
       }
@@ -10273,23 +10394,36 @@ void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) {
   VDecl->setInit(Init);
 
   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
+    // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed.
+    if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
+      // do nothing
+
+    // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized.
+    // This is true even in OpenCL C++.
+    } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
+      CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
+
+    // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer.
+    } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
+      // do nothing
+
     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
-    // C++ does not have this restriction.
-    if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
+    } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
+      CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
+
+    // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers.
+    // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
+    // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
+    // constant expressions.
+    } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
+               isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
       const Expr *Culprit;
-      if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
-        CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
-      // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
-      // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
-      // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
-      // constant expressions.
-      else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
-               isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
-               !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
+      if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) {
         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
+      }
     }
   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() &&
              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
@@ -11023,8 +11157,7 @@ static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
 
 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
-void
-Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
+void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
 
@@ -11189,9 +11322,8 @@ Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
 
-  // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
-  if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
-      !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
+  // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations.
+  if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
 
   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
@@ -11765,9 +11897,8 @@ Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
-      makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation());
-    makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition),
-                                FD->getLocation());
+      makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD);
+    makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition));
     return;
   }
 
@@ -13421,7 +13552,7 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
                 // use it in place of this one.
                 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
-                makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc);
+                makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
                 return Def;
               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
@@ -13430,7 +13561,8 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
                 else
                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
-                Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
+                notePreviousDefinition(Def->getLocation(),
+                                       NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc);
                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
                 // references get the previous definition.
@@ -13520,7 +13652,7 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
-        Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
+        notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl->getLocation(), NameLoc);
         Name = nullptr;
         Invalid = true;
       }
@@ -13753,6 +13885,9 @@ CreateNewDecl:
   // record.
   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
 
+  if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl())
+    CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous);
+
   OwnedDecl = true;
   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
@@ -15221,7 +15356,7 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
       else
         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
-      Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
+      notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl->getLocation(), IdLoc);
       return nullptr;
     }
   }
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp
index 97d273f6ddb6..3de792e4e406 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp
@@ -7230,6 +7230,13 @@ public:
         SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformMinVersion());
   }
 
+  bool TraverseDecl(Decl *D) {
+    // Avoid visiting nested functions to prevent duplicate warnings.
+    if (!D || isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
+      return true;
+    return Base::TraverseDecl(D);
+  }
+
   bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *S) {
     if (!S)
       return true;
@@ -7243,6 +7250,8 @@ public:
 
   bool TraverseIfStmt(IfStmt *If);
 
+  bool TraverseLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return true; }
+
   bool VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *Msg) {
     if (ObjCMethodDecl *D = Msg->getMethodDecl())
       DiagnoseDeclAvailability(
@@ -7346,7 +7355,9 @@ void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability::DiagnoseDeclAvailability(
     llvm::raw_string_ostream FixItOS(FixItString);
     FixItOS << "if (" << (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC1 ? "@available"
                                                       : "__builtin_available")
-            << "(" << SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName()
+            << "("
+            << AvailabilityAttr::getPlatformNameSourceSpelling(
+                   SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName())
             << " " << Introduced.getAsString() << ", *)) {\n"
             << Indentation << ExtraIndentation;
     FixitDiag << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(IfInsertionLoc, FixItOS.str());
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp
index 849e978e2d86..14efc9672061 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp
@@ -5277,6 +5277,9 @@ ExprResult Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *Scope, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
 
     // We aren't supposed to apply this logic if there's an '&' involved.
     if (!find.HasFormOfMemberPointer) {
+      if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))
+        return new (Context) CallExpr(
+            Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
       OverloadExpr *ovl = find.Expression;
       if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl))
         return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(
@@ -8028,6 +8031,33 @@ QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
   return QualType();
 }
 
+// Diagnose cases where a scalar was implicitly converted to a vector and
+// diagnose the underlying types. Otherwise, diagnose the error
+// as invalid vector logical operands for non-C++ cases.
+QualType Sema::InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
+                                            ExprResult &RHS) {
+  QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
+  QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
+
+  bool LHSNatVec = LHSType->isVectorType();
+  bool RHSNatVec = RHSType->isVectorType();
+
+  if (!(LHSNatVec && RHSNatVec)) {
+    Expr *Vector = LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get();
+    Expr *NonVector = !LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get();
+    Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict)
+        << 0 << Vector->getType() << NonVector->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType()
+        << Vector->getSourceRange();
+    return QualType();
+  }
+
+  Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict)
+      << 1 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
+      << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
+
+  return QualType();
+}
+
 /// Try to convert a value of non-vector type to a vector type by converting
 /// the type to the element type of the vector and then performing a splat.
 /// If the language is OpenCL, we only use conversions that promote scalar
@@ -8075,6 +8105,162 @@ static bool tryVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *scalar,
   return false;
 }
 
+/// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to another integer type
+/// IntTy without losing precision.
+static bool canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int,
+                                      QualType OtherIntTy) {
+  QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
+
+  // Reject cases where the value of the Int is unknown as that would
+  // possibly cause truncation, but accept cases where the scalar can be
+  // demoted without loss of precision.
+  llvm::APSInt Result;
+  bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, S.Context);
+  int Order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(OtherIntTy, IntTy);
+  bool IntSigned = IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
+  bool OtherIntSigned = OtherIntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
+
+  if (CstInt) {
+    // If the scalar is constant and is of a higher order and has more active
+    // bits that the vector element type, reject it.
+    unsigned NumBits = IntSigned
+                           ? (Result.isNegative() ? Result.getMinSignedBits()
+                                                  : Result.getActiveBits())
+                           : Result.getActiveBits();
+    if (Order < 0 && S.Context.getIntWidth(OtherIntTy) < NumBits)
+      return true;
+
+    // If the signedness of the scalar type and the vector element type
+    // differs and the number of bits is greater than that of the vector
+    // element reject it.
+    return (IntSigned != OtherIntSigned &&
+            NumBits > S.Context.getIntWidth(OtherIntTy));
+  }
+
+  // Reject cases where the value of the scalar is not constant and it's
+  // order is greater than that of the vector element type.
+  return (Order < 0);
+}
+
+/// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to floating point type
+/// FloatTy without losing precision.
+static bool canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int,
+                                     QualType FloatTy) {
+  QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
+
+  // Determine if the integer constant can be expressed as a floating point
+  // number of the appropiate type.
+  llvm::APSInt Result;
+  bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, S.Context);
+  uint64_t Bits = 0;
+  if (CstInt) {
+    // Reject constants that would be truncated if they were converted to
+    // the floating point type. Test by simple to/from conversion.
+    // FIXME: Ideally the conversion to an APFloat and from an APFloat
+    //        could be avoided if there was a convertFromAPInt method
+    //        which could signal back if implicit truncation occurred.
+    llvm::APFloat Float(S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FloatTy));
+    Float.convertFromAPInt(Result, IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(),
+                           llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero);
+    llvm::APSInt ConvertBack(S.Context.getIntWidth(IntTy),
+                             !IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation());
+    bool Ignored = false;
+    Float.convertToInteger(ConvertBack, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven,
+                           &Ignored);
+    if (Result != ConvertBack)
+      return true;
+  } else {
+    // Reject types that cannot be fully encoded into the mantissa of
+    // the float.
+    Bits = S.Context.getTypeSize(IntTy);
+    unsigned FloatPrec = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(
+        S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FloatTy));
+    if (Bits > FloatPrec)
+      return true;
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// Attempt to convert and splat Scalar into a vector whose types matches
+/// Vector following GCC conversion rules. The rule is that implicit
+/// conversion can occur when Scalar can be casted to match Vector's element
+/// type without causing truncation of Scalar.
+static bool tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *Scalar,
+                                        ExprResult *Vector) {
+  QualType ScalarTy = Scalar->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
+  QualType VectorTy = Vector->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
+  const VectorType *VT = VectorTy->getAs<VectorType>();
+
+  assert(!isa<ExtVectorType>(VT) &&
+         "ExtVectorTypes should not be handled here!");
+
+  QualType VectorEltTy = VT->getElementType();
+
+  // Reject cases where the vector element type or the scalar element type are
+  // not integral or floating point types.
+  if (!VectorEltTy->isArithmeticType() || !ScalarTy->isArithmeticType())
+    return true;
+
+  // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it,
+  // if necessary.
+  CastKind ScalarCast = CK_NoOp;
+
+  // Accept cases where the vector elements are integers and the scalar is
+  // an integer.
+  // FIXME: Notionally if the scalar was a floating point value with a precise
+  //        integral representation, we could cast it to an appropriate integer
+  //        type and then perform the rest of the checks here. GCC will perform
+  //        this conversion in some cases as determined by the input language.
+  //        We should accept it on a language independent basis.
+  if (VectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) &&
+      ScalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) &&
+      S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(VectorEltTy, ScalarTy)) {
+
+    if (canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(S, Scalar, VectorEltTy))
+      return true;
+
+    ScalarCast = CK_IntegralCast;
+  } else if (VectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
+    if (ScalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
+
+      // Reject cases where the scalar type is not a constant and has a higher
+      // Order than the vector element type.
+      llvm::APFloat Result(0.0);
+      bool CstScalar = Scalar->get()->EvaluateAsFloat(Result, S.Context);
+      int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(VectorEltTy, ScalarTy);
+      if (!CstScalar && Order < 0)
+        return true;
+
+      // If the scalar cannot be safely casted to the vector element type,
+      // reject it.
+      if (CstScalar) {
+        bool Truncated = false;
+        Result.convert(S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(VectorEltTy),
+                       llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &Truncated);
+        if (Truncated)
+          return true;
+      }
+
+      ScalarCast = CK_FloatingCast;
+    } else if (ScalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
+      if (canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(S, Scalar, VectorEltTy))
+        return true;
+
+      ScalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating;
+    } else
+      return true;
+  }
+
+  // Adjust scalar if desired.
+  if (Scalar) {
+    if (ScalarCast != CK_NoOp)
+      *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(Scalar->get(), VectorEltTy, ScalarCast);
+    *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(Scalar->get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
 QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                    SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
                                    bool AllowBothBool,
@@ -8143,19 +8329,29 @@ QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
     }
   }
 
-  // If there's an ext-vector type and a scalar, try to convert the scalar to
+  // If there's a vector type and a scalar, try to convert the scalar to
   // the vector element type and splat.
-  // FIXME: this should also work for regular vector types as supported in GCC.
-  if (!RHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
-    if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, RHSType,
-                                  LHSVecType->getElementType(), LHSType))
-      return LHSType;
+  if (!RHSVecType) {
+    if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
+      if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, RHSType,
+                                    LHSVecType->getElementType(), LHSType))
+        return LHSType;
+    } else {
+      if (!tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, &LHS))
+        return LHSType;
+    }
   }
-  if (!LHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) {
-    if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, (IsCompAssign ? nullptr : &LHS),
-                                  LHSType, RHSVecType->getElementType(),
-                                  RHSType))
-      return RHSType;
+  if (!LHSVecType) {
+    if (isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) {
+      if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, (IsCompAssign ? nullptr : &LHS),
+                                    LHSType, RHSVecType->getElementType(),
+                                    RHSType))
+        return RHSType;
+    } else {
+      if (LHS.get()->getValueKind() == VK_LValue ||
+          !tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &LHS, &RHS))
+        return RHSType;
+    }
   }
 
   // FIXME: The code below also handles conversion between vectors and
@@ -8208,6 +8404,22 @@ QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
     return QualType();
   }
 
+
+  // If there is a vector type that is not a ExtVector and a scalar, we reach
+  // this point if scalar could not be converted to the vector's element type
+  // without truncation.
+  if ((RHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) ||
+      (LHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType))) {
+    QualType Scalar = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType;
+    QualType Vector = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType;
+    unsigned ScalarOrVector = LHSVecType && RHSVecType ? 1 : 0;
+    Diag(Loc,
+         diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_implict_truncation)
+        << ScalarOrVector << Scalar << Vector;
+
+    return QualType();
+  }
+
   // Otherwise, use the generic diagnostic.
   Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
     << LHSType << RHSType
@@ -9827,6 +10039,12 @@ QualType Sema::CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120 &&
       vType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
     return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
+  // FIXME: The check for C++ here is for GCC compatibility. GCC rejects the
+  //        usage of the logical operators && and || with vectors in C. This
+  //        check could be notionally dropped.
+  if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
+      !(isa<ExtVectorType>(vType->getAs<VectorType>())))
+    return InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
 
   return GetSignedVectorType(LHS.get()->getType());
 }
@@ -11770,6 +11988,8 @@ ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
       resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType);
       break;
     } else {
+      // FIXME: GCC's vector extension permits the usage of '!' with a vector
+      //        type in C++. We should allow that here too.
       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
         << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
     }
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp
index 9b88cddbc969..8500b748a3ec 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp
@@ -4720,10 +4720,24 @@ static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
     // regard to cv-qualifiers.
 
     const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
-    if (!lhsRecord) return false;
-
     const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
-    if (!rhsRecord) return false;
+    if (!rhsRecord || !lhsRecord) {
+      const ObjCObjectType *LHSObjTy = LhsT->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
+      const ObjCObjectType *RHSObjTy = RhsT->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
+      if (!LHSObjTy || !RHSObjTy)
+        return false;
+
+      ObjCInterfaceDecl *BaseInterface = LHSObjTy->getInterface();
+      ObjCInterfaceDecl *DerivedInterface = RHSObjTy->getInterface();
+      if (!BaseInterface || !DerivedInterface)
+        return false;
+
+      if (Self.RequireCompleteType(
+              KeyLoc, RhsT, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
+        return false;
+
+      return BaseInterface->isSuperClassOf(DerivedInterface);
+    }
 
     assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
              == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
@@ -5342,6 +5356,15 @@ QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
 
   // C++11 [expr.cond]p1
   //   The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
+  //
+  // FIXME; GCC's vector extension permits the use of a?b:c where the type of
+  //        a is that of a integer vector with the same number of elements and
+  //        size as the vectors of b and c. If one of either b or c is a scalar
+  //        it is implicitly converted to match the type of the vector.
+  //        Otherwise the expression is ill-formed. If both b and c are scalars,
+  //        then b and c are checked and converted to the type of a if possible.
+  //        Unlike the OpenCL ?: operator, the expression is evaluated as
+  //        (a[0] != 0 ? b[0] : c[0], .. , a[n] != 0 ? b[n] : c[n]).
   if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
     ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
     if (CondRes.isInvalid())
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp
index a44e9243e3c5..28581bad1a7a 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp
@@ -4241,8 +4241,7 @@ void Sema::diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e) {
     castType = cast->getTypeAsWritten();
     CCK = CCK_OtherCast;
   } else {
-    castType = cast->getType();
-    CCK = CCK_ImplicitConversion;
+    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ImplicitCastExpr");
   }
 
   ARCConversionTypeClass castACTC =
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaInit.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaInit.cpp
index d0f530010a0d..32024cb335dc 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaInit.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaInit.cpp
@@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ void InitListChecker::CheckSubElementType(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
 
   } else {
     assert((ElemType->isRecordType() || ElemType->isVectorType() ||
-            ElemType->isClkEventT()) && "Unexpected type");
+            ElemType->isOpenCLSpecificType()) && "Unexpected type");
 
     // C99 6.7.8p13:
     //
@@ -8296,8 +8296,46 @@ Sema::PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
                                                            AllowExplicit);
   InitializationSequence Seq(*this, Entity, Kind, InitE, TopLevelOfInitList);
 
+  // Prevent infinite recursion when performing parameter copy-initialization.
+  const bool ShouldTrackCopy =
+      Entity.isParameterKind() && Seq.isConstructorInitialization();
+  if (ShouldTrackCopy) {
+    if (llvm::find(CurrentParameterCopyTypes, Entity.getType()) !=
+        CurrentParameterCopyTypes.end()) {
+      Seq.SetOverloadFailure(
+          InitializationSequence::FK_ConstructorOverloadFailed,
+          OR_No_Viable_Function);
+
+      // Try to give a meaningful diagnostic note for the problematic
+      // constructor.
+      const auto LastStep = Seq.step_end() - 1;
+      assert(LastStep->Kind ==
+             InitializationSequence::SK_ConstructorInitialization);
+      const FunctionDecl *Function = LastStep->Function.Function;
+      auto Candidate =
+          llvm::find_if(Seq.getFailedCandidateSet(),
+                        [Function](const OverloadCandidate &Candidate) -> bool {
+                          return Candidate.Viable &&
+                                 Candidate.Function == Function &&
+                                 Candidate.Conversions.size() > 0;
+                        });
+      if (Candidate != Seq.getFailedCandidateSet().end() &&
+          Function->getNumParams() > 0) {
+        Candidate->Viable = false;
+        Candidate->FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
+        Candidate->Conversions[0].setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion,
+                                         InitE,
+                                         Function->getParamDecl(0)->getType());
+      }
+    }
+    CurrentParameterCopyTypes.push_back(Entity.getType());
+  }
+
   ExprResult Result = Seq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, InitE);
 
+  if (ShouldTrackCopy)
+    CurrentParameterCopyTypes.pop_back();
+
   return Result;
 }
 
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaLookup.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaLookup.cpp
index ce76e14982db..c5b579a4b2e9 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaLookup.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaLookup.cpp
@@ -1382,8 +1382,8 @@ Module *Sema::getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) {
   return M;
 }
 
-void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc) {
-  if (auto *M = PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Loc))
+void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND) {
+  if (auto *M = getCurrentModule())
     Context.mergeDefinitionIntoModule(ND, M);
   else
     // We're not building a module; just make the definition visible.
@@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc) {
   // visible too. They're not (necessarily) within a mergeable DeclContext.
   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND))
     for (auto *Param : *TD->getTemplateParameters())
-      makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Param, Loc);
+      makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Param);
 }
 
 /// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
@@ -3445,7 +3445,8 @@ static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
                                bool QualifiedNameLookup,
                                bool InBaseClass,
                                VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
-                               VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
+                               VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited,
+                               bool IncludeDependentBases = false) {
   if (!Ctx)
     return;
 
@@ -3501,7 +3502,8 @@ static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
     ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
     for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
       LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
-                         QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
+                         QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited,
+                         IncludeDependentBases);
     }
   }
 
@@ -3513,14 +3515,28 @@ static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
     for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
       QualType BaseType = B.getType();
 
-      // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
-      // there anyway.
-      if (BaseType->isDependentType())
-        continue;
-
-      const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
-      if (!Record)
-        continue;
+      RecordDecl *RD;
+      if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
+        if (!IncludeDependentBases) {
+          // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
+          // there anyway.
+          continue;
+        }
+        const auto *TST = BaseType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
+        if (!TST)
+          continue;
+        TemplateName TN = TST->getTemplateName();
+        const auto *TD =
+            dyn_cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>(TN.getAsTemplateDecl());
+        if (!TD)
+          continue;
+        RD = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
+      } else {
+        const auto *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
+        if (!Record)
+          continue;
+        RD = Record->getDecl();
+      }
 
       // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
       // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
@@ -3543,8 +3559,8 @@ static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
 
       // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
       ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
-      LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
-                         true, Consumer, Visited);
+      LookupVisibleDecls(RD, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer,
+                         Visited, IncludeDependentBases);
     }
   }
 
@@ -3713,7 +3729,8 @@ void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
 
 void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
                               VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
-                              bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
+                              bool IncludeGlobalScope,
+                              bool IncludeDependentBases) {
   LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
   Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
   VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
@@ -3721,7 +3738,8 @@ void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
     Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
   ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
   ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
-                       /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
+                       /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited,
+                       IncludeDependentBases);
 }
 
 /// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp
index 782c377e3202..51794160278c 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp
@@ -11210,12 +11210,12 @@ Sema::resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Expr *E,
 /// \brief Given an overloaded function, tries to turn it into a non-overloaded
 /// function reference using resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate. This
 /// will perform access checks, diagnose the use of the resultant decl, and, if
-/// necessary, perform a function-to-pointer decay.
+/// requested, potentially perform a function-to-pointer decay.
 ///
 /// Returns false if resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate fails.
 /// Otherwise, returns true. This may emit diagnostics and return true.
 bool Sema::resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(
-    ExprResult &SrcExpr) {
+    ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConverion) {
   Expr *E = SrcExpr.get();
   assert(E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && "SrcExpr must be an overload");
 
@@ -11230,7 +11230,7 @@ bool Sema::resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(
   DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Found, E->getExprLoc());
   CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(E, DAP);
   Expr *Fixed = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(E, DAP, Found);
-  if (Fixed->getType()->isFunctionType())
+  if (DoFunctionPointerConverion && Fixed->getType()->isFunctionType())
     SrcExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Fixed, /*Diagnose=*/false);
   else
     SrcExpr = Fixed;
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaStmt.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaStmt.cpp
index 5d7eada28717..33a8f9c4afa3 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaStmt.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaStmt.cpp
@@ -2268,9 +2268,57 @@ Sema::BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
         BoundExpr = IntegerLiteral::Create(
             Context, CAT->getSize(), Context.getPointerDiffType(), RangeLoc);
       else if (const VariableArrayType *VAT =
-               dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(UnqAT))
-        BoundExpr = VAT->getSizeExpr();
-      else {
+               dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(UnqAT)) {
+        // For a variably modified type we can't just use the expression within
+        // the array bounds, since we don't want that to be re-evaluated here.
+        // Rather, we need to determine what it was when the array was first
+        // created - so we resort to using sizeof(vla)/sizeof(element).
+        // For e.g.
+        //  void f(int b) { 
+        //    int vla[b];
+        //    b = -1;   <-- This should not affect the num of iterations below
+        //    for (int &c : vla) { .. }
+        //  }
+
+        // FIXME: This results in codegen generating IR that recalculates the
+        // run-time number of elements (as opposed to just using the IR Value
+        // that corresponds to the run-time value of each bound that was
+        // generated when the array was created.) If this proves too embarassing
+        // even for unoptimized IR, consider passing a magic-value/cookie to
+        // codegen that then knows to simply use that initial llvm::Value (that
+        // corresponds to the bound at time of array creation) within
+        // getelementptr.  But be prepared to pay the price of increasing a
+        // customized form of coupling between the two components - which  could
+        // be hard to maintain as the codebase evolves.
+
+        ExprResult SizeOfVLAExprR = ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
+            EndVar->getLocation(), UETT_SizeOf,
+            /*isType=*/true,
+            CreateParsedType(VAT->desugar(), Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(
+                                                 VAT->desugar(), RangeLoc))
+                .getAsOpaquePtr(),
+            EndVar->getSourceRange());
+        if (SizeOfVLAExprR.isInvalid())
+          return StmtError();
+        
+        ExprResult SizeOfEachElementExprR = ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
+            EndVar->getLocation(), UETT_SizeOf,
+            /*isType=*/true,
+            CreateParsedType(VAT->desugar(),
+                             Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(
+                                 VAT->getElementType(), RangeLoc))
+                .getAsOpaquePtr(),
+            EndVar->getSourceRange());
+        if (SizeOfEachElementExprR.isInvalid())
+          return StmtError();
+
+        BoundExpr =
+            ActOnBinOp(S, EndVar->getLocation(), tok::slash,
+                       SizeOfVLAExprR.get(), SizeOfEachElementExprR.get());
+        if (BoundExpr.isInvalid())
+          return StmtError();
+        
+      } else {
         // Can't be a DependentSizedArrayType or an IncompleteArrayType since
         // UnqAT is not incomplete and Range is not type-dependent.
         llvm_unreachable("Unexpected array type in for-range");
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaTemplate.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaTemplate.cpp
index 61b4df40964c..a479d1027533 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaTemplate.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaTemplate.cpp
@@ -455,6 +455,85 @@ void Sema::LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &Found,
   }
 }
 
+void Sema::diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(Scope *S, ExprResult TemplateName,
+                                              SourceLocation Less,
+                                              SourceLocation Greater) {
+  if (TemplateName.isInvalid())
+    return;
+
+  DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
+  CXXScopeSpec SS;
+  LookupNameKind LookupKind;
+
+  DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
+  NamedDecl *Found = nullptr;
+
+  // Figure out what name we looked up.
+  if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(TemplateName.get())) {
+    NameInfo = ME->getMemberNameInfo();
+    SS.Adopt(ME->getQualifierLoc());
+    LookupKind = LookupMemberName;
+    LookupCtx = ME->getBase()->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+    Found = ME->getMemberDecl();
+  } else {
+    auto *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TemplateName.get());
+    NameInfo = DRE->getNameInfo();
+    SS.Adopt(DRE->getQualifierLoc());
+    LookupKind = LookupOrdinaryName;
+    Found = DRE->getFoundDecl();
+  }
+
+  // Try to correct the name by looking for templates and C++ named casts.
+  struct TemplateCandidateFilter : CorrectionCandidateCallback {
+    TemplateCandidateFilter() {
+      WantTypeSpecifiers = false;
+      WantExpressionKeywords = false;
+      WantRemainingKeywords = false;
+      WantCXXNamedCasts = true;
+    };
+    bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &Candidate) override {
+      if (auto *ND = Candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
+        return isAcceptableTemplateName(ND->getASTContext(), ND, true);
+      return Candidate.isKeyword();
+    }
+  };
+
+  DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
+  if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
+          CorrectTypo(NameInfo, LookupKind, S, &SS,
+                      llvm::make_unique<TemplateCandidateFilter>(),
+                      CTK_ErrorRecovery, LookupCtx)) {
+    auto *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
+    if (ND)
+      ND = isAcceptableTemplateName(Context, ND,
+                                    /*AllowFunctionTemplates*/ true);
+    if (ND || Corrected.isKeyword()) {
+      if (LookupCtx) {
+        std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
+        bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
+                                Name.getAsString() == CorrectedStr;
+        diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
+                     PDiag(diag::err_non_template_in_member_template_id_suggest)
+                         << Name << LookupCtx << DroppedSpecifier
+                         << SS.getRange(), false);
+      } else {
+        diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
+                     PDiag(diag::err_non_template_in_template_id_suggest)
+                         << Name, false);
+      }
+      if (Found)
+        Diag(Found->getLocation(),
+             diag::note_non_template_in_template_id_found);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_non_template_in_template_id)
+    << Name << SourceRange(Less, Greater);
+  if (Found)
+    Diag(Found->getLocation(), diag::note_non_template_in_template_id_found);
+}
+
 /// ActOnDependentIdExpression - Handle a dependent id-expression that
 /// was just parsed.  This is only possible with an explicit scope
 /// specifier naming a dependent type.
@@ -1251,8 +1330,8 @@ Sema::CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
           auto *Tmpl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Hidden)->getDescribedClassTemplate();
           assert(Tmpl && "original definition of a class template is not a "
                          "class template?");
-          makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc);
-          makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Tmpl, KWLoc);
+          makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
+          makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Tmpl);
           return Def;
         }
 
@@ -7352,7 +7431,7 @@ Sema::ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec,
     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
     if (Def && SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
       SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
-      makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc);
+      makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
       // From here on out, treat this as just a redeclaration.
       TUK = TUK_Declaration;
     } else if (Def) {
@@ -7825,6 +7904,9 @@ bool Sema::CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: An explicit specialization of a constexpr
     // function can differ from the template declaration with respect to
     // the constexpr specifier.
+    // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation.
+    // FIXME: What if there are multiple such prior declarations (for instance,
+    // from different modules)?
     Specialization->setConstexpr(FD->isConstexpr());
   }
 
@@ -7872,9 +7954,11 @@ bool Sema::CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
     // flag to not-deleted, so that we can inherit that information from 'FD'.
     if (Specialization->isDeleted() && !SpecInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() &&
         !Specialization->getCanonicalDecl()->isReferenced()) {
+      // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules.
       assert(
           Specialization->getCanonicalDecl() == Specialization &&
           "This must be the only existing declaration of this specialization");
+      // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation.
       Specialization->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
     }
     SpecInfo->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK_ExplicitSpecialization);
@@ -7987,8 +8071,11 @@ Sema::CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous) {
     return false;
   }
 
-  // If this is a friend, just bail out here before we start turning
-  // things into explicit specializations.
+  // A member specialization in a friend declaration isn't really declaring
+  // an explicit specialization, just identifying a specific (possibly implicit)
+  // specialization. Don't change the template specialization kind.
+  //
+  // FIXME: Is this really valid? Other compilers reject.
   if (Member->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
     // Preserve instantiation information.
     if (InstantiatedFrom && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
@@ -8038,66 +8125,36 @@ Sema::CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous) {
                                        false))
     return true;
 
-  // Note that this is an explicit instantiation of a member.
-  // the original declaration to note that it is an explicit specialization
-  // (if it was previously an implicit instantiation). This latter step
-  // makes bookkeeping easier.
-  if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Member)) {
+  // Note that this member specialization is an "instantiation of" the
+  // corresponding member of the original template.
+  if (auto *MemberFunction = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Member)) {
     FunctionDecl *InstantiationFunction = cast<FunctionDecl>(Instantiation);
     if (InstantiationFunction->getTemplateSpecializationKind() ==
           TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
-      InstantiationFunction->setTemplateSpecializationKind(
-                                                  TSK_ExplicitSpecialization);
-      InstantiationFunction->setLocation(Member->getLocation());
       // Explicit specializations of member functions of class templates do not
       // inherit '=delete' from the member function they are specializing.
       if (InstantiationFunction->isDeleted()) {
+        // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules.
         assert(InstantiationFunction->getCanonicalDecl() ==
                InstantiationFunction);
+        // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation.
         InstantiationFunction->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
       }
     }
 
-    cast<FunctionDecl>(Member)->setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(
-                                        cast<CXXMethodDecl>(InstantiatedFrom),
-                                                  TSK_ExplicitSpecialization);
-    MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(InstantiationFunction);
-  } else if (isa<VarDecl>(Member)) {
-    VarDecl *InstantiationVar = cast<VarDecl>(Instantiation);
-    if (InstantiationVar->getTemplateSpecializationKind() ==
-          TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
-      InstantiationVar->setTemplateSpecializationKind(
-                                                  TSK_ExplicitSpecialization);
-      InstantiationVar->setLocation(Member->getLocation());
-    }
-
-    cast<VarDecl>(Member)->setInstantiationOfStaticDataMember(
+    MemberFunction->setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(
+        cast<CXXMethodDecl>(InstantiatedFrom), TSK_ExplicitSpecialization);
+  } else if (auto *MemberVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Member)) {
+    MemberVar->setInstantiationOfStaticDataMember(
         cast<VarDecl>(InstantiatedFrom), TSK_ExplicitSpecialization);
-    MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(InstantiationVar);
-  } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Member)) {
-    CXXRecordDecl *InstantiationClass = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Instantiation);
-    if (InstantiationClass->getTemplateSpecializationKind() ==
-          TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
-      InstantiationClass->setTemplateSpecializationKind(
-                                                   TSK_ExplicitSpecialization);
-      InstantiationClass->setLocation(Member->getLocation());
-    }
-
-    cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member)->setInstantiationOfMemberClass(
-                                        cast<CXXRecordDecl>(InstantiatedFrom),
-                                                   TSK_ExplicitSpecialization);
-  } else {
-    assert(isa<EnumDecl>(Member) && "Only member enums remain");
-    EnumDecl *InstantiationEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(Instantiation);
-    if (InstantiationEnum->getTemplateSpecializationKind() ==
-          TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
-      InstantiationEnum->setTemplateSpecializationKind(
-                                                   TSK_ExplicitSpecialization);
-      InstantiationEnum->setLocation(Member->getLocation());
-    }
-
-    cast<EnumDecl>(Member)->setInstantiationOfMemberEnum(
+  } else if (auto *MemberClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member)) {
+    MemberClass->setInstantiationOfMemberClass(
+        cast<CXXRecordDecl>(InstantiatedFrom), TSK_ExplicitSpecialization);
+  } else if (auto *MemberEnum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Member)) {
+    MemberEnum->setInstantiationOfMemberEnum(
         cast<EnumDecl>(InstantiatedFrom), TSK_ExplicitSpecialization);
+  } else {
+    llvm_unreachable("unknown member specialization kind");
   }
 
   // Save the caller the trouble of having to figure out which declaration
@@ -8107,6 +8164,43 @@ Sema::CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous) {
   return false;
 }
 
+/// Complete the explicit specialization of a member of a class template by
+/// updating the instantiated member to be marked as an explicit specialization.
+///
+/// \param OrigD The member declaration instantiated from the template.
+/// \param Loc The location of the explicit specialization of the member.
+template<typename DeclT>
+static void completeMemberSpecializationImpl(Sema &S, DeclT *OrigD,
+                                             SourceLocation Loc) {
+  if (OrigD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
+    return;
+
+  // FIXME: Inform AST mutation listeners of this AST mutation.
+  // FIXME: If there are multiple in-class declarations of the member (from
+  // multiple modules, or a declaration and later definition of a member type),
+  // should we update all of them?
+  OrigD->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK_ExplicitSpecialization);
+  OrigD->setLocation(Loc);
+}
+
+void Sema::CompleteMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member,
+                                        LookupResult &Previous) {
+  NamedDecl *Instantiation = cast<NamedDecl>(Member->getCanonicalDecl());
+  if (Instantiation == Member)
+    return;
+
+  if (auto *Function = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Instantiation))
+    completeMemberSpecializationImpl(*this, Function, Member->getLocation());
+  else if (auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Instantiation))
+    completeMemberSpecializationImpl(*this, Var, Member->getLocation());
+  else if (auto *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Instantiation))
+    completeMemberSpecializationImpl(*this, Record, Member->getLocation());
+  else if (auto *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Instantiation))
+    completeMemberSpecializationImpl(*this, Enum, Member->getLocation());
+  else
+    llvm_unreachable("unknown member specialization kind");
+}
+
 /// \brief Check the scope of an explicit instantiation.
 ///
 /// \returns true if a serious error occurs, false otherwise.
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateInstantiateDecl.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateInstantiateDecl.cpp
index 9a71a17561c7..03df6fde6c80 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateInstantiateDecl.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateInstantiateDecl.cpp
@@ -1849,6 +1849,19 @@ Decl *TemplateDeclInstantiator::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *D,
         }
       }
     }
+
+    // Check the template parameter list against the previous declaration. The
+    // goal here is to pick up default arguments added since the friend was
+    // declared; we know the template parameter lists match, since otherwise
+    // we would not have picked this template as the previous declaration.
+    if (TemplateParams && FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl()) {
+      SemaRef.CheckTemplateParameterList(
+          TemplateParams,
+          FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl()->getTemplateParameters(),
+          Function->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
+              ? Sema::TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
+              : Sema::TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate);
+    }
   }
 
   if (Function->isLocalExternDecl() && !Function->getPreviousDecl())
@@ -3660,6 +3673,7 @@ TemplateDeclInstantiator::InitFunctionInstantiation(FunctionDecl *New,
       New->setType(SemaRef.Context.getFunctionType(
           NewProto->getReturnType(), NewProto->getParamTypes(), EPI));
     } else {
+      Sema::ContextRAII SwitchContext(SemaRef, New);
       SemaRef.SubstExceptionSpec(New, Proto, TemplateArgs);
     }
   }
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaType.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaType.cpp
index bcc66bbd1c0a..3992179fabae 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaType.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaType.cpp
@@ -2285,8 +2285,9 @@ bool Sema::CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) {
   // Methods cannot return interface types. All ObjC objects are
   // passed by reference.
   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
-    Diag(Loc, diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << T;
-    return 0;
+    Diag(Loc, diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value)
+        << 0 << T << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "*");
+    return true;
   }
 
   return false;
diff --git a/lib/Serialization/ASTReader.cpp b/lib/Serialization/ASTReader.cpp
index 61b5a822c552..ef8481488302 100644
--- a/lib/Serialization/ASTReader.cpp
+++ b/lib/Serialization/ASTReader.cpp
@@ -1534,9 +1534,8 @@ MacroInfo *ASTReader::ReadMacroRecord(ModuleFile &F, uint64_t Offset) {
         return Macro;
 
       unsigned NextIndex = 1; // Skip identifier ID.
-      SubmoduleID SubModID = getGlobalSubmoduleID(F, Record[NextIndex++]);
       SourceLocation Loc = ReadSourceLocation(F, Record, NextIndex);
-      MacroInfo *MI = PP.AllocateDeserializedMacroInfo(Loc, SubModID);
+      MacroInfo *MI = PP.AllocateMacroInfo(Loc);
       MI->setDefinitionEndLoc(ReadSourceLocation(F, Record, NextIndex));
       MI->setIsUsed(Record[NextIndex++]);
       MI->setUsedForHeaderGuard(Record[NextIndex++]);
diff --git a/lib/Serialization/ASTWriter.cpp b/lib/Serialization/ASTWriter.cpp
index 8e4b217a44cd..b6c0cb2815fb 100644
--- a/lib/Serialization/ASTWriter.cpp
+++ b/lib/Serialization/ASTWriter.cpp
@@ -2413,7 +2413,6 @@ void ASTWriter::WritePreprocessor(const Preprocessor &PP, bool IsModule) {
     }
 
     AddIdentifierRef(Name, Record);
-    Record.push_back(inferSubmoduleIDFromLocation(MI->getDefinitionLoc()));
     AddSourceLocation(MI->getDefinitionLoc(), Record);
     AddSourceLocation(MI->getDefinitionEndLoc(), Record);
     Record.push_back(MI->isUsed());
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/BasicObjCFoundationChecks.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/BasicObjCFoundationChecks.cpp
index 1ea85d60c9e9..371187747f03 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/BasicObjCFoundationChecks.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/BasicObjCFoundationChecks.cpp
@@ -233,19 +233,16 @@ void NilArgChecker::checkPreObjCMessage(const ObjCMethodCall &msg,
     if (StringSelectors.empty()) {
       ASTContext &Ctx = C.getASTContext();
       Selector Sels[] = {
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "caseInsensitiveCompare", nullptr),
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "compare", nullptr),
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "compare", "options", nullptr),
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "compare", "options", "range", nullptr),
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "compare", "options", "range", "locale",
-                           nullptr),
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "componentsSeparatedByCharactersInSet",
-                           nullptr),
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "initWithFormat",
-                           nullptr),
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "localizedCaseInsensitiveCompare", nullptr),
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "localizedCompare", nullptr),
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "localizedStandardCompare", nullptr),
+          getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "caseInsensitiveCompare"),
+          getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "compare"),
+          getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "compare", "options"),
+          getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "compare", "options", "range"),
+          getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "compare", "options", "range", "locale"),
+          getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "componentsSeparatedByCharactersInSet"),
+          getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "initWithFormat"),
+          getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "localizedCaseInsensitiveCompare"),
+          getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "localizedCompare"),
+          getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "localizedStandardCompare"),
       };
       for (Selector KnownSel : Sels)
         StringSelectors[KnownSel] = 0;
@@ -262,16 +259,15 @@ void NilArgChecker::checkPreObjCMessage(const ObjCMethodCall &msg,
 
     if (ArrayWithObjectSel.isNull()) {
       ASTContext &Ctx = C.getASTContext();
-      ArrayWithObjectSel = getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "arrayWithObject", nullptr);
-      AddObjectSel = getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "addObject", nullptr);
+      ArrayWithObjectSel = getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "arrayWithObject");
+      AddObjectSel = getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "addObject");
       InsertObjectAtIndexSel =
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "insertObject", "atIndex", nullptr);
+          getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "insertObject", "atIndex");
       ReplaceObjectAtIndexWithObjectSel =
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "replaceObjectAtIndex", "withObject", nullptr);
+          getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "replaceObjectAtIndex", "withObject");
       SetObjectAtIndexedSubscriptSel =
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "setObject", "atIndexedSubscript", nullptr);
-      ArrayByAddingObjectSel =
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "arrayByAddingObject", nullptr);
+          getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "setObject", "atIndexedSubscript");
+      ArrayByAddingObjectSel = getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "arrayByAddingObject");
     }
 
     if (S == ArrayWithObjectSel || S == AddObjectSel ||
@@ -292,13 +288,11 @@ void NilArgChecker::checkPreObjCMessage(const ObjCMethodCall &msg,
     if (DictionaryWithObjectForKeySel.isNull()) {
       ASTContext &Ctx = C.getASTContext();
       DictionaryWithObjectForKeySel =
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "dictionaryWithObject", "forKey", nullptr);
-      SetObjectForKeySel =
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "setObject", "forKey", nullptr);
+          getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "dictionaryWithObject", "forKey");
+      SetObjectForKeySel = getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "setObject", "forKey");
       SetObjectForKeyedSubscriptSel =
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "setObject", "forKeyedSubscript", nullptr);
-      RemoveObjectForKeySel =
-        getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "removeObjectForKey", nullptr);
+          getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "setObject", "forKeyedSubscript");
+      RemoveObjectForKeySel = getKeywordSelector(Ctx, "removeObjectForKey");
     }
 
     if (S == DictionaryWithObjectForKeySel || S == SetObjectForKeySel) {
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/BuiltinFunctionChecker.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/BuiltinFunctionChecker.cpp
index 8c2aef21b3ca..48d6cd8a527c 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/BuiltinFunctionChecker.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/BuiltinFunctionChecker.cpp
@@ -41,6 +41,22 @@ bool BuiltinFunctionChecker::evalCall(const CallExpr *CE,
   default:
     return false;
 
+  case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume: {
+    assert (CE->arg_begin() != CE->arg_end());
+    SVal ArgSVal = state->getSVal(CE->getArg(0), LCtx);
+    if (ArgSVal.isUndef())
+      return true; // Return true to model purity.
+
+    state = state->assume(ArgSVal.castAs<DefinedOrUnknownSVal>(), true);
+    // FIXME: do we want to warn here? Not right now. The most reports might
+    // come from infeasible paths, thus being false positives.
+    if (!state)
+      return true;
+
+    C.addTransition(state);
+    return true;
+  }
+
   case Builtin::BI__builtin_unpredictable:
   case Builtin::BI__builtin_expect:
   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume_aligned:
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/NoReturnFunctionChecker.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/NoReturnFunctionChecker.cpp
index c1deadef4202..8a5c769b6b50 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/NoReturnFunctionChecker.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/NoReturnFunctionChecker.cpp
@@ -123,14 +123,14 @@ void NoReturnFunctionChecker::checkPostObjCMessage(const ObjCMethodCall &Msg,
   case 4:
     lazyInitKeywordSelector(HandleFailureInFunctionSel, C.getASTContext(),
                             "handleFailureInFunction", "file", "lineNumber",
-                            "description", nullptr);
+                            "description");
     if (Sel != HandleFailureInFunctionSel)
       return;
     break;
   case 5:
     lazyInitKeywordSelector(HandleFailureInMethodSel, C.getASTContext(),
                             "handleFailureInMethod", "object", "file",
-                            "lineNumber", "description", nullptr);
+                            "lineNumber", "description");
     if (Sel != HandleFailureInMethodSel)
       return;
     break;
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/RetainCountChecker.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/RetainCountChecker.cpp
index 3f6ae6222ce0..89b1291c4f46 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/RetainCountChecker.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/RetainCountChecker.cpp
@@ -703,31 +703,30 @@ private:
     ObjCMethodSummaries[ObjCSummaryKey(ClsII, S)]  = Summ;
   }
 
+  template <typename... Keywords>
   void addMethodSummary(IdentifierInfo *ClsII, ObjCMethodSummariesTy &Summaries,
-                        const RetainSummary *Summ, va_list argp) {
-    Selector S = getKeywordSelector(Ctx, argp);
+                        const RetainSummary *Summ, Keywords *... Kws) {
+    Selector S = getKeywordSelector(Ctx, Kws...);
     Summaries[ObjCSummaryKey(ClsII, S)] = Summ;
   }
 
-  void addInstMethSummary(const char* Cls, const RetainSummary * Summ, ...) {
-    va_list argp;
-    va_start(argp, Summ);
-    addMethodSummary(&Ctx.Idents.get(Cls), ObjCMethodSummaries, Summ, argp);
-    va_end(argp);
+  template <typename... Keywords>
+  void addInstMethSummary(const char *Cls, const RetainSummary *Summ,
+                          Keywords *... Kws) {
+    addMethodSummary(&Ctx.Idents.get(Cls), ObjCMethodSummaries, Summ, Kws...);
   }
 
-  void addClsMethSummary(const char* Cls, const RetainSummary * Summ, ...) {
-    va_list argp;
-    va_start(argp, Summ);
-    addMethodSummary(&Ctx.Idents.get(Cls),ObjCClassMethodSummaries, Summ, argp);
-    va_end(argp);
+  template <typename... Keywords>
+  void addClsMethSummary(const char *Cls, const RetainSummary *Summ,
+                         Keywords *... Kws) {
+    addMethodSummary(&Ctx.Idents.get(Cls), ObjCClassMethodSummaries, Summ,
+                     Kws...);
   }
 
-  void addClsMethSummary(IdentifierInfo *II, const RetainSummary * Summ, ...) {
-    va_list argp;
-    va_start(argp, Summ);
-    addMethodSummary(II, ObjCClassMethodSummaries, Summ, argp);
-    va_end(argp);
+  template <typename... Keywords>
+  void addClsMethSummary(IdentifierInfo *II, const RetainSummary *Summ,
+                         Keywords *... Kws) {
+    addMethodSummary(II, ObjCClassMethodSummaries, Summ, Kws...);
   }
 
 public:
@@ -1640,20 +1639,16 @@ void RetainSummaryManager::InitializeMethodSummaries() {
   addClassMethSummary("NSAutoreleasePool", "new", NoTrackYet);
 
   // Create summaries QCRenderer/QCView -createSnapShotImageOfType:
-  addInstMethSummary("QCRenderer", AllocSumm,
-                     "createSnapshotImageOfType", nullptr);
-  addInstMethSummary("QCView", AllocSumm,
-                     "createSnapshotImageOfType", nullptr);
+  addInstMethSummary("QCRenderer", AllocSumm, "createSnapshotImageOfType");
+  addInstMethSummary("QCView", AllocSumm, "createSnapshotImageOfType");
 
   // Create summaries for CIContext, 'createCGImage' and
   // 'createCGLayerWithSize'.  These objects are CF objects, and are not
   // automatically garbage collected.
-  addInstMethSummary("CIContext", CFAllocSumm,
-                     "createCGImage", "fromRect", nullptr);
+  addInstMethSummary("CIContext", CFAllocSumm, "createCGImage", "fromRect");
   addInstMethSummary("CIContext", CFAllocSumm, "createCGImage", "fromRect",
-                     "format", "colorSpace", nullptr);
-  addInstMethSummary("CIContext", CFAllocSumm, "createCGLayerWithSize", "info",
-                     nullptr);
+                     "format", "colorSpace");
+  addInstMethSummary("CIContext", CFAllocSumm, "createCGLayerWithSize", "info");
 }
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/SelectorExtras.h b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/SelectorExtras.h
index 41f70d7d5b69..b11d070c629b 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/SelectorExtras.h
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/SelectorExtras.h
@@ -11,48 +11,26 @@
 #define LLVM_CLANG_LIB_STATICANALYZER_CHECKERS_SELECTOREXTRAS_H
 
 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
-#include <cstdarg>
 
 namespace clang {
 namespace ento {
 
-static inline Selector getKeywordSelectorImpl(ASTContext &Ctx,
-                                              const char *First,
-                                              va_list argp) {
-  SmallVector<IdentifierInfo*, 10> II;
-  II.push_back(&Ctx.Idents.get(First));
-
-  while (const char *s = va_arg(argp, const char *))
-    II.push_back(&Ctx.Idents.get(s));
+template <typename... IdentifierInfos>
+static inline Selector getKeywordSelector(ASTContext &Ctx,
+                                          IdentifierInfos *... IIs) {
+  static_assert(sizeof...(IdentifierInfos),
+                "keyword selectors must have at least one argument");
+  SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 10> II({&Ctx.Idents.get(IIs)...});
 
   return Ctx.Selectors.getSelector(II.size(), &II[0]);
 }
 
-static inline Selector getKeywordSelector(ASTContext &Ctx, va_list argp) {
-  const char *First = va_arg(argp, const char *);
-  assert(First && "keyword selectors must have at least one argument");
-  return getKeywordSelectorImpl(Ctx, First, argp);
-}
-
-LLVM_END_WITH_NULL
-static inline Selector getKeywordSelector(ASTContext &Ctx,
-                                          const char *First, ...) {
-  va_list argp;
-  va_start(argp, First);
-  Selector result = getKeywordSelectorImpl(Ctx, First, argp);
-  va_end(argp);
-  return result;
-}
-
-LLVM_END_WITH_NULL
+template <typename... IdentifierInfos>
 static inline void lazyInitKeywordSelector(Selector &Sel, ASTContext &Ctx,
-                                           const char *First, ...) {
+                                           IdentifierInfos *... IIs) {
   if (!Sel.isNull())
     return;
-  va_list argp;
-  va_start(argp, First);
-  Sel = getKeywordSelectorImpl(Ctx, First, argp);
-  va_end(argp);
+  Sel = getKeywordSelector(Ctx, IIs...);
 }
 
 static inline void lazyInitNullarySelector(Selector &Sel, ASTContext &Ctx,
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/StdLibraryFunctionsChecker.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/StdLibraryFunctionsChecker.cpp
index 93ad17cffb34..2f9f5d2d9cf8 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/StdLibraryFunctionsChecker.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/StdLibraryFunctionsChecker.cpp
@@ -440,7 +440,10 @@ StdLibraryFunctionsChecker::findFunctionSummary(const FunctionDecl *FD,
   BasicValueFactory &BVF = SVB.getBasicValueFactory();
   initFunctionSummaries(BVF);
 
-  std::string Name = FD->getQualifiedNameAsString();
+  IdentifierInfo *II = FD->getIdentifier();
+  if (!II)
+    return None;
+  StringRef Name = II->getName();
   if (Name.empty() || !C.isCLibraryFunction(FD, Name))
     return None;
 
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ExprEngineCallAndReturn.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ExprEngineCallAndReturn.cpp
index 39d88bfda148..caf86b26b66d 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ExprEngineCallAndReturn.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ExprEngineCallAndReturn.cpp
@@ -447,6 +447,7 @@ bool ExprEngine::inlineCall(const CallEvent &Call, const Decl *D,
   Bldr.takeNodes(Pred);
 
   NumInlinedCalls++;
+  Engine.FunctionSummaries->bumpNumTimesInlined(D);
 
   // Mark the decl as visited.
   if (VisitedCallees)
@@ -868,8 +869,6 @@ bool ExprEngine::shouldInlineCall(const CallEvent &Call, const Decl *D,
       || IsRecursive))
     return false;
 
-  Engine.FunctionSummaries->bumpNumTimesInlined(D);
-
   return true;
 }
 
diff --git a/lib/Tooling/RefactoringCallbacks.cpp b/lib/Tooling/RefactoringCallbacks.cpp
index e900c23e4f64..9fd333ca554e 100644
--- a/lib/Tooling/RefactoringCallbacks.cpp
+++ b/lib/Tooling/RefactoringCallbacks.cpp
@@ -9,8 +9,13 @@
 //
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-#include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h"
 #include "clang/Tooling/RefactoringCallbacks.h"
+#include "clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchFinder.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h"
+
+using llvm::StringError;
+using llvm::make_error;
 
 namespace clang {
 namespace tooling {
@@ -20,18 +25,62 @@ tooling::Replacements &RefactoringCallback::getReplacements() {
   return Replace;
 }
 
-static Replacement replaceStmtWithText(SourceManager &Sources,
-                                       const Stmt &From,
+ASTMatchRefactorer::ASTMatchRefactorer(
+    std::map<std::string, Replacements> &FileToReplaces)
+    : FileToReplaces(FileToReplaces) {}
+
+void ASTMatchRefactorer::addDynamicMatcher(
+    const ast_matchers::internal::DynTypedMatcher &Matcher,
+    RefactoringCallback *Callback) {
+  MatchFinder.addDynamicMatcher(Matcher, Callback);
+  Callbacks.push_back(Callback);
+}
+
+class RefactoringASTConsumer : public ASTConsumer {
+public:
+  explicit RefactoringASTConsumer(ASTMatchRefactorer &Refactoring)
+      : Refactoring(Refactoring) {}
+
+  void HandleTranslationUnit(ASTContext &Context) override {
+    // The ASTMatchRefactorer is re-used between translation units.
+    // Clear the matchers so that each Replacement is only emitted once.
+    for (const auto &Callback : Refactoring.Callbacks) {
+      Callback->getReplacements().clear();
+    }
+    Refactoring.MatchFinder.matchAST(Context);
+    for (const auto &Callback : Refactoring.Callbacks) {
+      for (const auto &Replacement : Callback->getReplacements()) {
+        llvm::Error Err =
+            Refactoring.FileToReplaces[Replacement.getFilePath()].add(
+                Replacement);
+        if (Err) {
+          llvm::errs() << "Skipping replacement " << Replacement.toString()
+                       << " due to this error:\n"
+                       << toString(std::move(Err)) << "\n";
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+private:
+  ASTMatchRefactorer &Refactoring;
+};
+
+std::unique_ptr<ASTConsumer> ASTMatchRefactorer::newASTConsumer() {
+  return llvm::make_unique<RefactoringASTConsumer>(*this);
+}
+
+static Replacement replaceStmtWithText(SourceManager &Sources, const Stmt &From,
                                        StringRef Text) {
-  return tooling::Replacement(Sources, CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(
-      From.getSourceRange()), Text);
+  return tooling::Replacement(
+      Sources, CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(From.getSourceRange()), Text);
 }
-static Replacement replaceStmtWithStmt(SourceManager &Sources,
-                                       const Stmt &From,
+static Replacement replaceStmtWithStmt(SourceManager &Sources, const Stmt &From,
                                        const Stmt &To) {
-  return replaceStmtWithText(Sources, From, Lexer::getSourceText(
-      CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(To.getSourceRange()),
-      Sources, LangOptions()));
+  return replaceStmtWithText(
+      Sources, From,
+      Lexer::getSourceText(CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(To.getSourceRange()),
+                           Sources, LangOptions()));
 }
 
 ReplaceStmtWithText::ReplaceStmtWithText(StringRef FromId, StringRef ToText)
@@ -103,5 +152,90 @@ void ReplaceIfStmtWithItsBody::run(
   }
 }
 
+ReplaceNodeWithTemplate::ReplaceNodeWithTemplate(
+    llvm::StringRef FromId, std::vector<TemplateElement> Template)
+    : FromId(FromId), Template(std::move(Template)) {}
+
+llvm::Expected<std::unique_ptr<ReplaceNodeWithTemplate>>
+ReplaceNodeWithTemplate::create(StringRef FromId, StringRef ToTemplate) {
+  std::vector<TemplateElement> ParsedTemplate;
+  for (size_t Index = 0; Index < ToTemplate.size();) {
+    if (ToTemplate[Index] == '$') {
+      if (ToTemplate.substr(Index, 2) == "$$") {
+        Index += 2;
+        ParsedTemplate.push_back(
+            TemplateElement{TemplateElement::Literal, "$"});
+      } else if (ToTemplate.substr(Index, 2) == "${") {
+        size_t EndOfIdentifier = ToTemplate.find("}", Index);
+        if (EndOfIdentifier == std::string::npos) {
+          return make_error<StringError>(
+              "Unterminated ${...} in replacement template near " +
+                  ToTemplate.substr(Index),
+              llvm::inconvertibleErrorCode());
+        }
+        std::string SourceNodeName =
+            ToTemplate.substr(Index + 2, EndOfIdentifier - Index - 2);
+        ParsedTemplate.push_back(
+            TemplateElement{TemplateElement::Identifier, SourceNodeName});
+        Index = EndOfIdentifier + 1;
+      } else {
+        return make_error<StringError>(
+            "Invalid $ in replacement template near " +
+                ToTemplate.substr(Index),
+            llvm::inconvertibleErrorCode());
+      }
+    } else {
+      size_t NextIndex = ToTemplate.find('$', Index + 1);
+      ParsedTemplate.push_back(
+          TemplateElement{TemplateElement::Literal,
+                          ToTemplate.substr(Index, NextIndex - Index)});
+      Index = NextIndex;
+    }
+  }
+  return std::unique_ptr<ReplaceNodeWithTemplate>(
+      new ReplaceNodeWithTemplate(FromId, std::move(ParsedTemplate)));
+}
+
+void ReplaceNodeWithTemplate::run(
+    const ast_matchers::MatchFinder::MatchResult &Result) {
+  const auto &NodeMap = Result.Nodes.getMap();
+
+  std::string ToText;
+  for (const auto &Element : Template) {
+    switch (Element.Type) {
+    case TemplateElement::Literal:
+      ToText += Element.Value;
+      break;
+    case TemplateElement::Identifier: {
+      auto NodeIter = NodeMap.find(Element.Value);
+      if (NodeIter == NodeMap.end()) {
+        llvm::errs() << "Node " << Element.Value
+                     << " used in replacement template not bound in Matcher \n";
+        llvm::report_fatal_error("Unbound node in replacement template.");
+      }
+      CharSourceRange Source =
+          CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(NodeIter->second.getSourceRange());
+      ToText += Lexer::getSourceText(Source, *Result.SourceManager,
+                                     Result.Context->getLangOpts());
+      break;
+    }
+    }
+  }
+  if (NodeMap.count(FromId) == 0) {
+    llvm::errs() << "Node to be replaced " << FromId
+                 << " not bound in query.\n";
+    llvm::report_fatal_error("FromId node not bound in MatchResult");
+  }
+  auto Replacement =
+      tooling::Replacement(*Result.SourceManager, &NodeMap.at(FromId), ToText,
+                           Result.Context->getLangOpts());
+  llvm::Error Err = Replace.add(Replacement);
+  if (Err) {
+    llvm::errs() << "Query and replace failed in " << Replacement.getFilePath()
+                 << "! " << llvm::toString(std::move(Err)) << "\n";
+    llvm::report_fatal_error("Replacement failed");
+  }
+}
+
 } // end namespace tooling
 } // end namespace clang